Canon PIXMA TS8750 MULTIFUNKSJONSSKRIVER Product Manual

TS8700 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Using Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
Paper Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Placing Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Placing/Removing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
How to Detach / Attach Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Before Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101
Removing the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Performing/Changing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Performing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Assigning Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
140
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Performing Maintenance Functions from the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
147
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
152
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Aligning the Print Head Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Adjusting Print Head Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
176
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Setting the Ink to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
182
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
184
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
185
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
190
Other printer settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Reset settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
206
Basic Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
WEEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
213
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Product Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Before Printing on Art Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
Printing Photos and Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
249
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Basic Settings Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
263
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
265
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Media/Quality Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
271
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
290
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
293
Perform maintenance or settings (Maintenance tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Updating the Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
326
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Adding Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
How to Open Printer Settings Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Printing Hagaki and Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Other Various Printing Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Disc Label Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Copying Label Side of Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Scanning and Saving to a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Scanning in Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Creating/Editing PDF Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
381
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
385
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
411
Scanning in macOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Attaching Scanned Images to E-MAIL to Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
425
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Network FAQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
429
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
431
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
433
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). 437
Wireless Router Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 442
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
444
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Checking Network Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
455
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Problems While Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Cannot Print on the Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Resolving Print Quality Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
482
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
494
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
495
Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Change to Offline (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Scanning Problems (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
507
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Wrong Language Appears in LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
514
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). . . . . 437
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
520
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
527
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
529
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
1013. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
1240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
1259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (15A3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
Cassette Is Not Installed (1876). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
2113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Appendix
Online Manual
Symbols Used in This Document
Trademarks and Licenses
11
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
12
Trademarks and Licenses
Trademarks
Licenses
13
Trademarks
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Microsoft Edge and Excel are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
U.S. and/or other countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Microsoft Store is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Illustrator, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Amazon, Echo and Alexa are trademarks of Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.
• Google, Google Home, and Android are trademarks of Google LLC.
• LINE is a registered trademark or trademark of LINE Corporation.
• LINE Clova is a registered trademark of LINE Corporation.
• Google Docs, and Google Drive are trademarks of Google LLC.
• App Store is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
• The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
• Mozilla Firefox is a trademark or registered trademark of Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Wi-Fi, WPA, WPA2 and WPA3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
• All other company names and products mentioned in this guide may be registered trademarks or
trademarks of their respective companies.
14
Licenses
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
15
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work
and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or
Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this
definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of,
the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except
as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute
patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
16
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works
that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in
at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works;
or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions
of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
17
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) ----Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
18
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) ----Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
19
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
20
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]
Author: Bernhard Penz <[email protected]>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
21
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 10: Lennart Poettering copyright notice (BSD-like) ----Copyright 2010 Lennart Poettering
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
22
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
---- Part 11: IETF copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2013 IETF Trust and the persons identified as authors of
the code. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Internet Society, IETF or IETF Trust, nor the
names of specific contributors, may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
23
---- Part 12: Arista Networks copyright notice (BSD) ---Copyright (c) 2013, Arista Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Arista Networks, Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
---- Part 13: VMware, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2016, VMware, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
24
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of VMware, Inc. nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 14: USC/Information Sciences Institute copyright notice (BSD) ----Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Information Sciences Institute
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Information Sciences Institue nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
25
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <[email protected]>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
26
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
---------------------------2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
27
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which
all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
-------------Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
28
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
-------------THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
----------------This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
-------------Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
29
----------There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o [email protected]
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
o [email protected]
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT --The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties
of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
30
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <[email protected]> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
31
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson ([email protected]) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
32
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Lua
Copyright © 1994–2014 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
33
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuaSocket
LuaSocket 2.0.2 license
Copyright © 2004-2007 Diego Nehab
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuneScript
Copyright (c) 2018 ifritJP
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
34
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2002-2019, Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> and contributors
All Rights Reserved.
This software may be distributed, used, and modified under the terms of
BSD license:
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name(s) of the above-listed copyright holder(s) nor the
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2019, Broadcom Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
35
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
The certificate files "Amazon Root CA 1", "Amazon Root CA 2", "Amazon Root CA 4" are licensed under a
Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
36
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 1998-2010, Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.
The redistribution and use of this software (with or without changes)
is allowed without the payment of fees or royalties provided that:
source code distributions include the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer;
binary distributions include the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer in their documentation.
This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties
in respect of its operation, including, but not limited to, correctness
and fitness for purpose.
Disclaimer: IMPORTANT: This Apple software is supplied to you, by Apple Inc. ("Apple"), in your
capacity as a current, and in good standing, Licensee in the MFi Licensing Program. Use of this
Apple software is governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of your MFi License,
including, but not limited to, the restrictions specified in the provision entitled "Public
Software", and is further subject to your agreement to the following additional terms, and your
agreement that the use, installation, modification or redistribution of this Apple software
constitutes acceptance of these additional terms. If you do not agree with these additional terms,
please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this Apple software.
Subject to all of these terms and in consideration of your agreement to abide by them, Apple grants
you, for as long as you are a current and in good-standing MFi Licensee, a personal, non-exclusive
license, under Apple's copyrights in this original Apple software (the "Apple Software"), to use,
reproduce, and modify the Apple Software in source form, and to use, reproduce, modify, and
redistribute the Apple Software, with or without modifications, in binary form. While you may not
redistribute the Apple Software in source form, should you redistribute the Apple Software in binary
form, you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions
of the Apple Software. Neither the name, trademarks, service marks, or logos of Apple Inc. may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple Software without specific prior written
permission from Apple. Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses,
express or implied, are granted by Apple herein, including but not limited to any patent rights that
37
may be infringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple Software may be
incorporated.
Unless you explicitly state otherwise, if you provide any ideas, suggestions, recommendations, bug
fixes or enhancements to Apple in connection with this software ("Feedback"), you hereby grant to
Apple a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to make, use,
reproduce, incorporate, modify, display, perform, sell, make or have made derivative works of,
distribute (directly or indirectly) and sublicense, such Feedback in connection with Apple products
and services. Providing this Feedback is voluntary, but if you do provide Feedback to Apple, you
acknowledge and agree that Apple may exercise the license granted above without the payment of
royalties or further consideration to Participant.
The Apple Software is provided by Apple on an "AS IS" basis. APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE
AND OPERATION ALONE OR
IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE,
REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION
AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER
THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2009 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Copyright (C) 2013 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The following applies only to products supporting PIXUS Cloud Link, PIXMA Cloud Link, or MAXIFY Cloud
Link.
THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
--------------------------Written by:
Philip Hazel
Email local part: ph10
Email domain: cam.ac.uk
University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England.
Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
All rights reserved.
38
PCRE JUST-IN-TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT
------------------------------------Written by:
Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2010-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
STACK-LESS JUST-IN-TIME COMPILER
-------------------------------Written by:
Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2009-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
THE C++ WRAPPER FUNCTIONS
------------------------Contributed by: Google Inc.
Copyright (c) 2007-2012, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
THE "BSD" LICENCE
-----------------Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google
Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
39
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
40
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Loading Paper
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Loading Originals
Inserting the Memory Card
41
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
Operation Panel
42
Front View
A: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
B: Platen
Place the original on the platen glass. When replacing ink tanks, lift the scanner unit that includes the
platen glass to open.
C: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it. The panel is pushed open by the paper output
tray before printing starts.
When closing, push gently toward the printer.
Operation Panel
43
D: Rear Tray
Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed
automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
E: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
F: Rear Tray Cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
G: Paper Support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
H: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
I: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
J: Paper Output Support
Open to support ejected paper.
K: Cassette Cover
Detach to load paper in the cassette.
L: Paper Guides
Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.
M: Multi-purpose Tray
Use when printing on printable discs, etc. Store behind the cassette when not using.
How to Detach / Attach Multi-purpose Tray
N: Cassette
Load A4, B5, A5 or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
44
O: Access lamp
Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status.
Inserting the Memory Card
P: Card Slot
Insert a memory card.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
45
Rear View
A: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
B: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
C: Rear Cover
Detach when removing jammed paper.
D: Transport Unit
Open when removing jammed paper. When removing the unit, do so after placing a finger on the
depression in the center right.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This
can cause trouble.
46
Inside View
A: Scanning Unit / Cover
Scans originals. Also, lift and open it to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the
printer.
B: Print Head Holder
The print head is pre-installed.
Note
• For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink Tanks.
47
Operation Panel
A: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
B: ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
Turning the Printer On and Off
C: Touch Screen
Displays messages, menu items, and operating status. Touch the screen lightly with your finger to
select a menu item or button.
Using Touch Screen
48
Using Touch Screen
The HOME screen on the touch screen appears when the printer is turned on.
Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and
other functions.
HOME Screen
Icons on Touch Screen
Basic Operation of the touch screen
HOME Screen
A: Switching the HOME screen
There are three types of HOME screens in addition to the standard HOME screen. You can switch to
any of the HOME screens.
The
icon will appear if a password is set for the HOME screen and it is unlocked.
Editing HOME Screens
B: Basic menu
Select to copy or scan using the operation panel.
C: Network
Displays the current network status. Select to display the basic network information or to change the
network settings.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Note
• Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
49
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct are disabled.
D: Wireless connect
Select to connect the printer to a smartphone/tablet over Wi-Fi through Easy wireless connect.
Tap this button to display a confirmation screen for starting a connection.
Easy wireless connect
The printer has been already put into the standby mode for easy wireless connect and smartphone
when a
is displayed.
E: Setup
Displays the printer's setting menus or the maintenance menus.
(NEW) appears when there is an information from PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
F: Hint
Displays quick guides about such procedures as loading paper and troubleshooting and such
information as estimated ink level and system information.
If you set Notification settings to Enable,
(NEW) is displayed when notification is sent to
Canon.
Notification settings
Note
• For details on how to change settings, refer to Changing Settings from Operation Panel.
Icons on Touch Screen
While operating on the touch screen, some icons are displayed on the touch screen.
50
(HOME)
Displays the HOME screen.
(Back)
Returns the touch screen to the previous screen.
(Black)
Starts black & white copying and scanning etc.
(Color)
Starts color copying and scanning etc.
(Stop)
Cancels operation when print, copy, or scan job is in progress.
Basic Operation of the touch screen
Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or
settings.
Important
• When operating the touch screen, make sure to avoid the followings, which may cause the printer to
malfunction or damage the printer.
51
Strongly pressing the touch screen.
Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as on
ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails).
Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.
Placing any objects on the touch screen.
• Do not attach a protective sheet on the touch screen. Removing it may damage the touch screen.
Tap
Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release.
Use to select an item or photo on the screen.
Touch
Touch lightly with your finger tip.
To move forward (or go back) menus or photos continuously, keep touching the forward (or back) mark.
Flick
Flick your finger on the screen up, down, left, or right.
Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos.
52
Drag
While lightly touching the screen, move your finger up, down, left, or right.
Use to view lists of items or move sliders.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
53
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
In the printer, you can enter (or correct) the characters and numbers when the keyboard is displayed on the
screen.
The character is allocated to each key displayed on the screen. Tap the key to enter the character.
After entry is completed, tap
for determination.
Switch the character entry mode.
Switch the upper-/lower-case letters or symbols on a keyboard.
Delete the characters entered just before.
Insert a blank (space).
Determine the contents of entered data.
Move the cursor.
54
To insert the character, move the cursor to the character on the right of the position where you want to insert
the character.
To delete the character, move the cursor to the character you want to delete.
Note
• Only the input modes or characters available for input appear in their respective screens.
• You can switch the layout of a keyboard.
Other printer settings
55
Power Supply
Turning the Printer On and Off
56
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking that Power Is On
Turning on the printer
Turning off the printer
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the touch screen is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• The touch screen display will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore
the display, touch the touch screen. The display is also activated again when an original is printed
from a computer.
Turning on the printer
Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• If an error message is displayed on the touch screen, see When Error Occurred.
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a
computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
57
ECO settings
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
Note
• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print
jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of
the print head and print quality may be reduced.
58
Loading Paper
Paper Sources
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
59
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray and cassette. With the plain paper loaded
in a cassette, you can also load paper on the rear tray to make prints.
Rear tray
Cassette
Rear tray
You can load all supported paper such as photo paper and plain paper on the rear tray.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
60
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Note
• For details on paper that can be used in this printer:
Supported Media Types
• Your model used may differ from a product series name when you gain access to this manual from
a QR code. Select a product name from the link below when you want to refer to the manual of your
model.
Paper Sources
61
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
You can load photo paper or plain paper.
You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For more details on handling curled paper, see
Check 3
in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
• When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at
a time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
62
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
63
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
6. Move the right paper guide and adjust the guides to both edges of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too tightly against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).
7. Close feed slot cover gently.
64
After closing the feed slot cover, the envelope setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on
the touch screen.
8. If page size and media type on touch screen match size and type of paper loaded in rear
tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
Note
• See Detect paper width when you want to hide the screen for confirming the setting of paper.
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings.
65
Related Information
Supported Media Types
66
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
You can load A4, B5, or A5 plain paper in the cassette.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For more details on handling curled paper, see
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
2. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
3. Remove the cassette cover (B).
67
Check 3
in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
4. Slide right paper guide (C) to open both paper guides.
5. Slide the paper guide (D) in front according to the page size.
• For A5 size
• For B5 size
68
• For A4 size
6. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place
it along the paper guide in front.
Place A4-sized paper to conform with the front of the cassette.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
69
Note
• Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (G) of the paper guides.
7. Move the right paper guide and adjust the guides to edges of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too tightly against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
70
8. Install the cassette cover.
9. Insert cassette into printer.
Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.
71
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings.
Related Information
Supported Media Types
72
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
You can load envelopes on the rear tray.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
• The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
73
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load envelopes in portrait orientation WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
74
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
6. Move the right paper guide and adjust the guides to both edges of the envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guides too tightly against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
Note
• Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).
7. Close feed slot cover gently.
75
After closing the feed slot cover, the envelope setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on
the touch screen.
8. If page size and media type shown on touch screen match size and type of envelopes
loaded in rear tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded
envelopes.
Note
• See Detect paper width when you want to hide the screen for confirming the setting of paper.
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings.
76
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Placing/Removing a Printable Disc
How to Detach / Attach Multi-purpose Tray
77
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions Common to using Multi-purpose Tray
• Be sure to use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation.
• Do not remove the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation. Doing so may damage the
printer, the multi-purpose tray, or the media.
• Do not get dirt on the multi-purpose tray or scratches on the reflectors. The printer may not be able
to recognize that a media is loaded, or printing may become misaligned. If the multi-purpose tray
becomes dirty, wipe the reflector clean with a soft and dry cloth, taking care not to scratch it.
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the media to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose
the media to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.
Cautions When Printing onto Printable Disc
• Remove any dirt from the multi-purpose tray before placing printable discs on it. Loading discs on a
dirty multi-purpose tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs.
• Do not print onto printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing. The ink will not dry and
may cause problems with the disc itself or DVD players or other devices it is loaded into.
• Do not print onto a printable disc's recording surface. Doing so will make data recorded onto discs
unreadable.
• Hold printable discs by their edges. Do not touch either the label surface (printing surface) or
recording surface.
• The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if software other than Easy-PhotoPrint Editor is used.
78
Placing/Removing a Printable Disc
• Before Placing a Printable Disc
• Placing a Printable Disc
• Removing a Printable Disc
Before Placing a Printable Disc
A printable disc differs from regular disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) in that its label surface has been specially
processed or printing by an inkjet printer.
The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc.
• Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)
The multi-purpose tray is stored in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment of the paper output
tray.
Detaching Multi-purpose Tray
• 4.72 in. (12 cm) printable disc
Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing.
Placing a Printable Disc
To print onto a printable disc, place it on the supplied multi-purpose tray, and then insert it into the printer.
This procedure also applies to printing from a computer.
Important
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
Note
• If test printing is executed onto test printing paper, depending on the paper type, the printer may not
be able to read its size correctly, preventing the border areas from being printed. Test printing paper
should be used for purposes of checking the envisioned layout.
79
1. When message prompting you to load printable disc appears, detach multi-purpose tray
(B) from back of cassette (A).
Insert the removed cassette back into the printer.
80
2. Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
Important
• Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing a printable disc on it.
• When placing a printable disc on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the printing surface of the
disc or the reflectors (C) on the multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (D) at
bottom.
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (E).
81
3. Check the placement location of the multi-purpose tray.
4. Place multi-purpose tray on the printer.
5. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow (
approximately aligned with arrow (
) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
• Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow (
82
) on the printer.
) on the printer is
Note
• The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow
the on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
Removing a Printable Disc
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.
2. While pressing down lock (A), take out printable disc from slits (B) on multi-purpose tray,
and remove it.
Important
• Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the multi-purpose tray.
Note
• Allow the printing surface to dry before removing the disc. If you see printing on the multipurpose tray or on the transparent parts of the inner or outer diameters of the printable disc,
wipe them clean after the printing surface has dried.
83
3. Store multi-purpose tray under cassette.
Attaching Multi-purpose Tray
Related Information
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Print Area (Printable Discs)
84
How to Detach / Attach Multi-purpose Tray
Detaching Multi-purpose Tray
1. Take the cassette (A) out of the printer and remove the cassette cover (B).
2. Turn cassette over and remove multi-purpose tray (C).
Slide the multi-purpose tray, take it out of the six tabs, and then lift it.
85
Important
• Be sure to remove any orange shipping tape on the multi-purpose tray.
Attaching Multi-purpose Tray
1. Take cassette out of printer.
Be sure to remove any paper.
2. Turn cassette over and attach multi-purpose tray to it.
Turn the multi-purpose tray so that its underside faces up, align it with the six tabs, and then slide to
attach.
86
Important
• Insert the multi-purpose tray, making sure that its holes are aligned with the tabs on the back
of the cassette. If the multi-purpose tray is not properly attached, it may be damaged when the
cassette is inserted into the printer.
87
Loading Originals
Loading Originals on Platen
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
88
Loading Originals on Platen
1. Open the document cover (A).
2. Load original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on platen.
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
89
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
3. Close the document cover gently.
90
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or
scan.
91
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original
correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals
Function
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Copying
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
How to Load
Loading the Original to Be Aligned
with the alignment mark
If you scan using the operation panel, select Auto scan for Doc.type in Scan.
Scanning by specifying a standard
size (A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel, select Document or Photo for Doc.type in
Scan and specify a standard size (A4,
Letter, etc.) for Scan size to scan originals.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Scanning only one original
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.
Loading Only One Original in
Center of Platen
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto scan for Scan size
to scan originals.
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, follow the operation below.
Loading Two or More Originals on
Platen
• Select Auto scan for Doc.type in
Scan.
• Select Photo for Doc.type in Scan
and specify Auto multi scan for
Scan size to scan two or more originals.
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen and align it with the
alignment mark
. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
92
Important
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
Loading Only One Original in Center of Platen
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area
cannot be scanned.
93
Loading Two or More Originals on Platen
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the originals, and between the originals.
Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
B: More than 0.40 in. (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 in. (180 mm) or more cannot be
corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.
94
Supported Originals
Item
Types of originals
Details
Text document, magazine, or newspaper
Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
Size (width x height)
Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Note
• When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen, you can load it by removing the document
cover from the printer.
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
95
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
Detaching the document cover:
Hold up the document cover in portrait orientation and then tip it back.
Attaching the document cover:
Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover
vertically.
96
97
Inserting the Memory Card
Before Inserting the Memory Card
Inserting the Memory Card
Removing the Memory Card
98
Before Inserting the Memory Card
The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the printer.
Important
• Format the memory card using a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File
system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). The memory card may not
be compatible with the printer if it is formatted on a computer.
Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter
• SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card, SDXC memory card
Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter
Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting into the card
slot.
• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
• microSD Card, microSDHC Card, microSDXC Card
Use the special "SD Card Adapter".
Important
• If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter, you may not be able to
remove the memory card.
Cannot Remove Memory Card
Printable Image Data
• This printer accepts JPEG data taken with cameras conforming to Design Rule for Camera File
System specifications, as well as TIFF images. Other image or movie types such as RAW images
cannot be printed.
• The printer accepts images scanned and saved with the printer when Doc.type is set to Photo and
Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg").
99
Note
• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
100
Inserting the Memory Card
Important
• When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is
flashing, the printer is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card
slot.
Note
• When Read/write attribute is set to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print image data from the
memory card using the operation panel of the printer. After using the card slot as the memory card drive
of a computer, remove the memory card, select Other printer settings in Printer settings, then set
Read/write attribute to Write-protected from PC.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
• When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card, be sure to print them
from the computer. If you use the operation panel, the photos may not be printed properly.
1. Prepare your memory card.
Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one.
Before Inserting the Memory Card
2. Insert the memory card into the card slot.
Insert your memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING UP into the card slot.
When the memory card is inserted properly, the Access lamp (A) will light up.
Important
• Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further.
This can damage the printer or the memory card.
101
• Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot. If you
force the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation, the memory card or the printer
can be damaged.
102
Removing the Memory Card
Important
• If you used the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer, you must perform the "safe removal"
operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from the printer.
Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.
Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the printer.
Important
• Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing. The Access lamp flashes while
the printer is reading or writing data from/to the memory card. If you remove the memory card or turn
off the power while the Access lamp is flashing, the data saved on the memory card can be damaged.
103
Replacing Ink Tanks
Replacing Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
104
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of
the error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Take appropriate action according to the message.
When Error Occurred
Note
• For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open the scanning unit / cover (A).
The print head holder (B) moves to the replacement position.
Caution
• Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder
until it stops completely.
Important
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
3. Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
Push the tab (C) and lift the ink tank to remove.
105
Important
• Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
4. Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape (D) completely, then
remove the protective film (E) completely.
Important
• If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (F), ink may splash or the printer may not
print properly.
5. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (G) pointing up while being careful not to
block the Y-shape air hole.
106
6. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap to remove it off GENTLY.
Important
• Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air
hole blocked, ink may splash.
• Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap or the open ink port (H). The ink may stain
your hands if you touch them.
7. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
107
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
8. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
Important
• You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in
the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
• You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
9. Close the scanning unit / cover.
To close the scanning unit / cover, lift it up slightly and then lower it gently.
108
Caution
• When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.
Notes on ink tanks
Important
• If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.
• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-andwhite printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
109
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Hint) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The hint menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Estimated ink levels.
A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
Ink has run out. Replace the ink tank with a new ink tank.
Replacing Ink Tanks
This appears when remaining ink level is not known.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
• To access the ink purchasing site, select Order ink now on this screen and display the QR code.
Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
• Selecting Ink model no. displays the Ink model number screen for checking ink numbers.
• You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing.
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
110
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
However, you can use a Wi-Fi connection and Wireless Direct at the same time.
For restrictions, see the following.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• Depending on your country or region, this printer does not support wireless networking standards
using the 5 GHz band.
• If the current channel bandwidth setting on your device does not include 20 MHz, TKIP cannot be
used for a security protocol. Change the setting to something that includes 20 MHz. For improved
security, we recommend that you set to AES together with WPA2 or higher security.
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• When connecting to Wi-Fi outdoors, do not connect to a 5 GHz network (SSID).
The 5 GHz band available for use with the printer includes the channels that are allowed for indoor
use only, depending on your country or region.
For details on the 5 GHz network (SSID) of your wireless router, see the manual supplied with the
wireless router, or contact its manufacturer.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer
in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
111
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
• Wireless Direct connects a device (such as a computer) to the printer at 2.4 GHz.
To connect at 5 GHz, enable Wireless Direct, and then set the frequency band to 5 GHz.
Depending on your country or region, this printer does not support Wireless Direct using the 5 GHz
band.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
112
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• You can check the serial number by displaying on the operation panel.
System information
113
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/
Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch to USB connection when the printer is used with a LAN connection, check the
following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
114
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi
Connection
• If you want to switch to Wireless Direct when using the printer with Wi-Fi connection:
Connecting with Wireless Direct
• Switching to a Wi-Fi connection when using the printer Wireless Direct:
If you connect the printer to your computer or smartphone via a wireless router for the first time to
print, or if you want to change the connection frequency between the printer and the wireless router,
perform the setup.
For Windows:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
115
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS)
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
116
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• You can check the serial number by displaying on the operation panel.
System information
117
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/
Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch to USB connection when the printer is used with a LAN connection, check the
following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
118
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi
Connection
• If you want to switch to Wireless Direct when using the printer with Wi-Fi connection:
Connecting with Wireless Direct
• Switching to a Wi-Fi connection when using the printer Wireless Direct:
If you connect the printer to your computer or smartphone via a wireless router for the first time to
print, or if you want to change the connection frequency between the printer and the wireless router,
perform the setup.
For Windows:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
119
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
Important
• Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
120
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant for:
• Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
• Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
• Changing printer network settings
• Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant repairs the status
of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
• Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer
at the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Change Administrator Password
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
• Do not change network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant while printing is in progress.
121
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant as shown below.
In Windows 11, from
(Start button) on the taskbar, select All apps > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant.
Note
• In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• In Windows 7, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, and
then Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, a message appears. Check the message and select Yes.
The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
• If you select Printer Network Setup:
Performing/Changing Network Settings
122
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
123
Performing/Changing Network Settings
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Performing Network Settings
124
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
The screen below appears when you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
• If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
• Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
• Available
Indicates the printer is available.
• Setup Completed
125
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
• Requires Setup
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• Not Set
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• IP Address Overlap
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
• Unknown
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
• If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
• If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
• If you are using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi
is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
• Auto
126
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
• Manual
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
• The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
This section describes menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
127
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
• This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
• This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
• You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
• This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
128
Performing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Assigning Printer Information
129
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can
perform setup.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status
to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
• Clicking the
icon allows you to perform/change settings.
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm
Printer Password screen appears
Select Wired LAN and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
130
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4 settings
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings
Note
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
131
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
132
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
• Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
• If you plan to use a printer over Wi-Fi, make sure you perform security settings for the Wi-Fi network.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
• Clicking the
icon allows you to perform/change settings.
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
133
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4/IPv6 settings
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
◦ Infrastructure
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
◦ Direct
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
• If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step
4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
• If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
134
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect
to. For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
• IPv4 settings
Note
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
135
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings
Note
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
136
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
137
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to assign location name and device name.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8. Click Set.
138
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4100 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
139
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
• iB4100 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series
• TS5000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS9000 series
• TR8500 series
• TR7500 series
• TS9100 series
• TS8100 series
• TS6100 series
• TS5100 series
• TS3100 series
• E3100 series
• TS300 series
• E300 series
• TR8580 series
• TS9180 series
• TS8180 series
• TS6180 series
• TR8530 series
• TR7530 series
• TS8130 series
• TS6130 series
• XK70 series
• XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series
• TR4500 series
• E4200 series
• TS6200 series
• TS6280 series
• TS6230 series
• TS8200 series
• XK80 series
• TS8280 series
• TS8230 series
• TS9500 series
• TS9580 series
140
• TR9530 series
• TS3300 series
• E3300 series
141
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Important
• Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
142
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If anything is wrong with connection, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses the settings of the printer and
those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant restores the status of the
printer and computer.
Important
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
143
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts
diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
144
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
145
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4000 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-560
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-6000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
146
Performing Maintenance Functions from the Printer
Maintenance Procedure
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Aligning the Print Head
Aligning the Print Head Manually
147
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink
tank.
Note
• Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.
• Check if ink remains in the ink tanks.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab)
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step 1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Step 2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal streaks in the pattern:
Step 3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern:
148
Step 1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step 4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Note
• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact Canon to request a
repair.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
• For macOS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
149
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink
tanks whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Nozzle Check.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch
screen.
150
7. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
151
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal streaks in the pattern D.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal streaks are present
2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
screen.
152
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or in both
patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
If the pattern C or any color in the pattern D is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
153
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
154
8. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
155
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Deep Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
156
8. When the completion message appears, select OK.
9. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact Canon to request a repair.
157
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
If the remaining ink level is low, replace ink tanks.
• If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the touch
screen.
When Error Occurred
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load two sheets of A4 plain paper in cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Auto.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Confirm the message, then select Yes.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
158
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
Note
• If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the touch screen.
When Error Occurred
7. When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
adjust the print head position manually.
For Windows:
You can also align the print head manually from a computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the Head Alignment
Value on the Maintenance screen.
159
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as
expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load three sheets of A4 plain paper in cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The setup menu screen will appear.
4. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Manual.
The confirmation screen will appear.
Note
• To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the Head Alignment
Value.
6. Check message and select Yes.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
160
7. When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly,
and if so, select Yes.
8. Check message and select Next.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.
9. Examine first patterns and tap A. Select the number of the pattern in column A in which
streaks/lines are least noticeable.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical stripes are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical stripes
Noticeable vertical stripes
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal streaks
161
Noticeable horizontal streaks
10. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns B to H,
and then select OK.
11. Check message and select OK.
The second set of patterns is printed.
12. Examine second patterns and select I. In column I, find pattern in which stripes are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical stripes are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical stripes
Noticeable vertical stripes
13. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns J to P,
and then select OK.
14. Check message and select OK.
162
The third set of patterns is printed.
15. Examine third patterns and select a. In column a, find pattern in which stripes are least
noticeable, and then select the number of that pattern.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal streaks
Noticeable horizontal streaks
2. Repeat these steps until you have finished entering pattern numbers for columns b to h,
and then select OK.
3. When confirmation message appears, select OK.
163
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer
(macOS)
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
164
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
3. Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
Remote UI starts.
Note
• The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, see "Passwords and cookies."
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
165
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Cleaning
Before performing Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining?
• Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Cleaning
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Cleaning
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
166
2. Click Deep Cleaning
Before performing Deep Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining?
• Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Deep Cleaning
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Deep Cleaning
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, the ink may have run out or
the print head may be worn. For details on the remedial action to be taken, see "Ink Does Not Come
Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
167
Adjusting Print Head Position
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Print Head Alignment - Auto
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Print Head Alignment - Auto
A message appears.
3. Load paper in printer
Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.
4. Run head position adjustment
Check that the printer power is on, and then click Yes.
Head alignment starts. Proceed with the operations in accordance with the messages on the screen.
Important
• Do not open the scanning unit / cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Note
• You can print and check the current settings by clicking on Print the head alignment value.
168
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink model number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Note
• To check the ink status, you can also display Printer Info in the Print dialog and select Supply Levels.
169
Cleaning
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Cleaning Cassette Pads
170
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If a paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this case,
perform Roller Cleaning. Cleaning will cause wear on rollers, so perform this only when necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
Note
• Prepare A4-sized plain paper when cleaning the cassette's paper feed rollers.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4. Select Roller Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Select the paper source to use for cleaning.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.
If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
8. Select OK.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
171
The paper feed rollers will rotate as they are cleaned without paper.
9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load
the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the paper feed point where the paper
feed roller is being cleaned.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
10. Select OK.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
11. When the completion message appears, select OK.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning, contact Canon to request a repair.
172
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Maintenance.
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4. Select Bottom Plate Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Follow the message to remove any paper from the casette, then select OK.
7. Fold a single sheet of A4 plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.
8. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,
unfold the paper, then select OK.
173
9. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and
the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
10. Mount cassette cover (A) and insert cassette into printer.
11. Select OK.
The operation panel is opened and the paper output tray is pulled out automatically.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
12. When the completion message appears, select OK.
174
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
175
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
176
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing the Print Options
Setting the Ink to be Used
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
177
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off, the paper source during printing differs from the
driver settings, or printing fails.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box opens.
3. Change the individual settings
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
178
Setting the Ink to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate ink tank among installed ink tanks according to an
intended use.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box appears.
3. Select the ink tank to be used from Print With
Select the ink tank to be used for printing and click OK.
4. Click OK on the Page Setup tab
When you perform printing, the specified ink tank will be used.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the printer
uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is
selected for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab
A checkmark is added to Borderless Printing on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is
detached.
179
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Open the Maintenance Tab
2. Check that the printer power is on, and click Custom Settings
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. Configure settings
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
180
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
181
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or the
printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1. Selecting Printer settings from Remote UI
2. Click Energy saving settings
3. Complete the following settings:
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
182
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Check whether the printer is on and select Printer settings from Remote UI
2. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Print settings - Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing
to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Custom settings - Detect paper setting mismatch
If the check box is deselected, at the time of printing from PC, you can continue to print without the
message display even if the paper settings set in the Print dialog differs from the paper information
registered to the printer.
Ink drying wait time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. The wait time
becomes longer as the value set in the list increases, and shorter as the value decreases.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
3. Apply the settings
Click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
183
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Paper Settings
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Print settings
LAN settings
Editing HOME Screens
Smartphone photo print settings
Other printer settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset settings
Feed settings
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
184
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings, using the operation for setting amount of
extension as an example.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
3. Select
Printer settings.
The Printer settings screen is displayed.
4. Select a setting item to adjust.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5. Select a setting item.
6. Select a setting to specify.
185
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
186
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Other printer settings
Language selection
Web service setup
ECO
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset settings
System information
Usage stats
187
Print settings
Select this setting item from
Printer settings in
(Setup).
• Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower
print quality.
• Amount of extension
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
• Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:
Printing from a handwritten navigation sheet.
Printing from a standard form.
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended
amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Adjust disc print area
You can adjust the disc printing area if the image is not aligned with the printable disc. You can adjust
the printing area in increments of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.04 in. (-0.9 mm) and +0.04 in. (+0.9
mm).
• Auto photo fix settings
When ON is selected, the Exif information recorded in the images is given preference for printing.
• Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.12 in. (-3 mm) and
+0.12 in. (+3 mm) centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
188
Important
• For Letter-sized or Legal-sized paper, you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 in. (-1.5
mm) and +0.06 in. (+1.5 mm) even if you specify the value over 0.06 in. (1.5 mm).
• Print charts and diagrams vividly
Use this setting when you want to print charts and diagrams in documents vividly on plain paper.
This feature gives preference to printer driver settings.
When you want to give preference to printer settings, select Use Printer Settings in the Print charts
and diagrams in documents more vividly (plain paper) in Print Options dialog box in the printer
driver settings below.
Page Setup Tab Description
Note
• This feature will be implemented with the following settings.
Plain paper
Color printing
Borderless printing OFF
Size is a template size or a user-defined size within the range of a template size
* The feature may not be implemented even when the above settings are selected, depending on
other setting details.
• Processing may differ depending on settings and may result in the same data having different
tones. Turn this setting OFF if you want to avoid differences in tone.
189
LAN settings
Select this setting item from
Printer settings in
(Setup).
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
To print the network settings, select Print details and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
Wi-Fi
• See settings
The network settings information of the printer appears when it is connected by Wi-Fi. (Some setting
items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Items
Setting
Connection
Enabled (connected)/Enabled (disconnected)/Disable
Network name (SSID)
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Frequency
2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security
Inactive/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2PSK(AES)/WPA3-SAE(AES)
Signal strength (%)
XXX
IPv4 address
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 subnet mask
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 default gateway
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv6 link-local address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
MAC address (Wi-Fi)
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
Printer name
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
• Enable/disable Wi-Fi
Enables/disables Wi-Fi.
190
• Wi-Fi setup
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
◦ Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦ Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦ WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦ Other connection types
▪ WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
• Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
Wireless Direct
• See settings
The network settings information of the printer appears when it is connected by the wireless direct.
(Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Items
Setting
Connection
Enable/Disable
Network name (SSID)
DIRECT-XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Password
XXXXXXXXXX
Frequency
2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security
WPA2-PSK(AES)
No. of printers connected now
XX/XX
IPv4 address
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 subnet mask
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 default gateway
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv6 link-local address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
MAC address (Wi-Fi)
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
191
Printer name
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
• Connect to smartphone
Enables to connect the smartphone to the printer by reading the QR code displayed on the touch
screen with the smartphone, or also by manually obtaining the network name and password.
• Enable/disable Wireless Direct
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
• Change network name (SSID)
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
• Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
• Connection request confirmation
Selecting ON displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
the printer.
• 2.4GHz/5GHz Switch
Select the frequency of Wireless Direct.
• Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
Advanced setup
• Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
• TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
• WSD settings
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
192
◦ Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows.
◦ Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦ WSD scan from this printer
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD. To transfer
the scanned data, tap Color.
Note
• When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select
the document type.
◦ Timeout settings
Specifies the timeout length.
• Bonjour settings
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
◦ Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦ Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
• LPR protocol settings
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
• RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
• LLMNR
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
• IPP settings
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
• Wi-Fi DRX settings
193
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using Wi-Fi (discontinuous
reception).
Note
• Depending on the Wi-Fi router used, discontinuous reception may not be activated even though
Enable is selected.
• Discontinuous reception is enabled only while the printer is on standby. (The touch screen is in
the screen saver mode.)
• IPsec settings
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
194
Other printer settings
Select this setting item from
Printer settings in
(Setup).
• Date display format
Selects the date display format.
Note
• When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the
date is printed in the date display format you selected.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
• Read/write attribute
Selects whether to allow data to be written onto memory cards from a computer.
Important
• Remove the memory card before changing this setting.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer
• If you set this setting to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print photos on a memory card using
the operation panel of the printer. After you finish operation of the memory card dedicated drive, be
sure to set it back to Write-protected from PC. When you turn off the printer, Writable from USB
PC will be canceled and the setting is returned to Write-protected from PC when you turn on the
printer next time.
• When Writable from USB PC is selected, the auto power off setting is inactive.
For more on the auto power off setting:
ECO settings
• Sound control
Selects the volume.
◦ Keypad volume
Selects the beep volume when pressing the touch screen or the buttons on the operation panel.
◦ Alarm volume
Selects the alarm volume.
• Energy saving settings
Allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
◦ Auto power off
Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
◦ Auto power on
195
Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
• Original removal reminder
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the
original may not be detected.
• Auto retract paper output tray
When ON is selected, the confirmation screen asking if you retract the paper output tray automatically
appears after pressing the ON button to turn off the printer.
• Wi-Fi pairing settings
In order to connect Canon PRINT, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦ Enable/disable pairing
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦ Allow/block additional pairing
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT pairing.
◦ Delete paired devices
Cancel all Canon PRINT pairing.
• Keyboard layout
Select the keyboard layout from the following three types.
◦ QWERTY
◦ QWERTZ
◦ AZERTY
• Notification settings
All notification screens are not displayed if you select OFF.
196
Language selection
Select this setting item from
Printer settings in
(Setup).
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Thai / Indonesian / Vietnamese
197
Firmware update
Select this setting item from
Printer settings in
(Setup).
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.
• Do not turn off the power of a printer while firmware is being updated.
• Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the
on-screen instructions to perform update.
• Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
• Update notification settings
You can set the printer to display the firmware update information on the touch screen when the
firmware update is available.
When Idle/Power off is selected, the printer informs you of the update during idle and the update
information also appears when you press the ON button.
• Auto update settings
Select ON to automatically update the firmware to the latest version.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
198
Reset settings
Select this setting item from
Printer settings in
(Setup).
You can set the settings back to the default.
• Web service setup only
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
• LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings back to the default.
• Settings only
Returns the settings such as the paper size, media type, or other setting items back to the default.
• Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by
Remote UI or Wi-Fi Connection Assistant reverts to the default setting.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
The language displayed on the touch screen
The current position of the print head
The country or region selected for Country or region
The cumulative usage count of copy, scan, etc. registered in Usage stats.
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
199
Feed settings
Select this setting item from
(Setup).
Note
• By registering the paper size and the media type, the message can be displayed before printing starts
when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
Paper Settings
• Rear tray paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray.
• Cassette paper settings
Registers the paper size you load in the cassette.
• Detect paper width
Select ON to automatically detect the paper size when paper is loaded. A screen for confirming the
setting of paper is displayed.
Note
• A screen for confirming the setting of paper is not displayed if you select OFF. Set the size and type
of paper properly in Rear tray paper settings or Cassette paper settings when making prints.
• For AirPrint of iOS/iPadOS, paper may be printed based on the paper size set during paper loading.
It is recommended to set to ON when making prints using an AirPrint function.
• Paper settings mismatch (Other)/Paper settings mismatch (Copy)
If you select Enable, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical
with those registered in Feed settings. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error
message is displayed on the touch screen.
Note
• When Disable is selected, the settings in Feed settings is disabled.
200
Web service setup
Select this item from
(Setup).
• Web service usage registration/Web service usage cancellation
Registers/Deletes Web service usage to use the printer device information to/from PIXMA/MAXIFY
Cloud Link.
• Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
◦ IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and sets the history saving.
◦ Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
• Issue registration code
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.
201
ECO settings
This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the
printer automatically to save electricity.
Using Power Saving Function
Using Duplex Printing
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
3. Select
ECO.
4. Select Energy saving settings.
5. Specify settings as necessary.
A: Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
B: Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
Using Duplex Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
202
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
3. Select
ECO.
4. Select Two-sided print settings.
5. Specify settings as necessary.
C: Select two-sided copying as a default.
D: Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.
203
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
3. Select
Quiet setting.
4. Select ON.
The confirmation screen is displayed and the
icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.
Important
• Operating speed is reduced compared to when OFF is selected.
• This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
204
System information
Select this item from
(Hint).
• Current version
Displays the current firmware version.
• Printer name
Displays the printer name currently specified.
• Serial number
Displays the printer serial number.
• MAC address (Wi-Fi)
Displays the MAC address for Wi-Fi.
• Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-1) of the printer.
• Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-256) of the printer.
205
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
You can check the total number of uses of the printer (e.g. the total number of printing, copying, or
scanning).
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Hint) on HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
The hint menu screen will appear.
3. Select
Usage stats.
4. Select item to check.
Total sheets used on the device
Displays the total number of printing.
No. of sheets used for copying
Displays the total number of copying.
Sheets used for other functions
Displays the total number of printing other than copying.
Number of sheets scanned
Displays the total number of scanning.
Print usage statistics
The total number of uses of printer can be printed and checked.
Note
• The record of the total number of uses is not reverted even if the printer is reverted back to the
default by Reset settings in Printer settings.
206
Basic Information
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Ink Tips
Specifications
Product Specifications
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights
Print Area
Paper Load Limit
Supported Media Types
207
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE
208
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord or other cables by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively
bending them.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
• Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
• Do not touch the metal parts of the print head immediately after printing.
• Do not touch moving parts indicated by the sticker shown here. Some models may not have these
parts.
209
Moving parts
Keep body parts away from moving parts. Keep body parts out of the motion path.
• Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
• Moving the printer
Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
210
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the ink tanks. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw print heads or ink tanks in the fire.
211
Regulatory Information
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
212
WEEE
Only for the United Kingdom
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the UK Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations. This product should be handed over
to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar
product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE).
Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and
human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the
same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling,
please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste
disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same
time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling,
please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste
disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
213
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies
kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen.
Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell
mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt
und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen
Sie außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen
für Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Zusatzinformationen für Deutschland:
Dieses Produkt kann durch Rückgabe an den Händler unter den in der Verordnung des Elektro- und
Elektronikgerätegesetzes beschriebenen Bedingungen abgegeben werden.
Als Endbenutzer und Besitzer von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten sind Sie verpflichtet:
• diese einer vom unsortierten Siedlungsabfall getrennten Erfassung zuzuführen,
• Altbatterien und Altakkumulatoren, die nicht von Altgerät umschlossen sind, sowie Lampen,
die zerstörungsfrei aus dem Altgerät entnommen werden können, vor der Abgabe an einer
Erfassungsstelle vom Altgerät zerstörungsfrei zu trennen,
• personenbezogener Daten auf den Altgeräten vor der Entsorgung zu löschen.
Die Bedeutung von dem Symbol der durchgestrichenen Abfalltonne auf Rädern finden Sie oben in dieser
Beschreibung.
Die Vertreiber von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten haben die Pflicht zur unentgeltlichen Rücknahme
von Altgeräten. Die Vertreiber haben die Endnutzer über die von ihnen geschaffenen Möglichkeiten der
Rückgabe von Altgeräten zu informieren.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément
à la directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis
en place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
214
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en
de nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet
worden ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten
op het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen
in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit
product mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u
uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in
uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer
van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie
over het inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
215
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord
amb la Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un
dels punts de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte
similar o lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i
electrònics (AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu
en l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment
estan associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest
producte contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts
on podeu lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal,
a les autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de
recollida de deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el
reciclatge de productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso
un centro di raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro
uno", ovvero del ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o
un impianto autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione
impropria di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana
causato dalle sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature
elettriche ed elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace
delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi
del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti
di Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo
ou num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos
(EEE). O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente
e na saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
216
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation
jf. direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks.
i overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt,
eller produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering
af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund
af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik
på genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα
νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά
τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας
για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων,
το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
217
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold
til WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt,
det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering
av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som
ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved
å kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana.
Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa
tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä
saat kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning
inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför
avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
218
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen
do sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově
prodaný podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických
a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a
termék nem kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell
leadni, például hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai
berendezésekből származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű
hulladékok a nem megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak
lehetnek a környezetre és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék
megfelelő kezelésével hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A
berendezésekből származó, újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért
forduljon a helyi önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését
végző vállalathoz, illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek
visszajuttatásáról és újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
219
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt
do recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať
spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom
výmeny za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva
odpad z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu
môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické
zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
220
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud
jäätmete tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā
ar sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba
į elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai
ir žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad
jos būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canoneurope.com/weee.
221
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo
ne smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na
primer pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo.
S pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canoneurope.com/weee.
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
222
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la
un punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu
sa WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom
centru za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom
centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje
ovom vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje
usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja
na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
223
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Ink Tips
224
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Identification badges or insignia
• Selective service or draft papers
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
• Traveler's checks
• Food stamps
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
225
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is
opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
226
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.
Retract the paper output tray following the message.
The paper output tray is retracted and the power will go off.
2. Close operation panel.
3. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
4. Retract paper support, then close the rear tray cover.
5. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
cord from the printer.
6. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
227
7. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
228
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
To keep your personal information safe, please be sure to reset all printer settings when sending the printer
for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the printer.
Reset settings
229
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or
paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the ON lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
230
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the
first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Why does the printer have two black ink tanks?
There are two kinds of black ink in the printer: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).
The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based
documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If
either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.
These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the
printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.
231
Specifications
Product Specifications
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights
Print Area
Paper Load Limit
232
Product Specifications
General Specifications
Interface
USB port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b / IEEE802.11a /
IEEE802.11ac
Card Slot:
Yes
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment
Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment
Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply
AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption
Printing (Copy): 26 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 1.1 W or less *1*2
Standby (all ports connected): 1.6 W or less
OFF: 0.1 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 14.7 x 13.6 x 5.6 in. (Approx. 372 x 345 x 142 mm)
* With the Cassette and trays retracted.
Weight
Approx. 14.5 lb (Approx. 6.6 kg)
233
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver
Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size
A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
2400 x 4800 dpi *
Gradation (Input / Output)
Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Color: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit
Network Specifications
Communication protocol
SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi
Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b /
IEEE802.11a / IEEE802.11ac
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
* A frequency band that can be used varies depending on country or region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA3-SAE (AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System
Windows 11, Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed operating
system.
Amount of hard disk space required for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
234
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
macOS
Operating System
macOS Catalina 10.15.7 - macOS Ventura 13
Other Supported OS
iOS/iPadOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
235
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
• Letter
• Legal
• A5
• A4
• B5
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)
• 7"x10"(18x25cm)
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)
• L(89x127mm)
• 2L(127x178mm)
• Square 3.5"
• Square 5"
• Hagaki
• Hagaki 2
• Envelope Com 10
• Envelope DL
• Nagagata 3
• Nagagata 4
• Yougata 4
• Yougata 6
• Card 2.17"x3.58"
Special sizes
• Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.50 in. (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
236
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2)
237
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray, the cassette, and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Cassette
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Approx. 100 sheets
Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
Approx. 80 sheets
Approx. 80 sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Approx. 80 sheets
N/A
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm),
GP-508>*2
2L(127x178mm): 10 sheets
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
KG/4"x6"(10x15), L(89x127mm), Square 3.5", Square
5", Hagaki: 20 sheets
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.>
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Rear Tray
1 sheet
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
238
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
20 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name
Rear Tray
Cassette
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1
Approx. 100 sheets (Legal:
10 sheets)
Approx. 100 sheets
Envelopes
10 envelopes
N/A
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Paper Output Tray
Approx. 50 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name
Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
239
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights
Unsupported Media Types
Note
• Refer to Handling Paper before use.
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Recommended Genuine Canon Paper According to Purpose
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Paper for printing photos:
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
• Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
• Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
240
Usable Media Types Other Than Genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
• Envelopes
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
• When using art paper, see Before Printing on Art Paper.
241
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
• Damp paper
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards
• Postcards affixed with photos or stickers
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
• Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
242
Handling Paper
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to
touch the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink,
the ink on the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a
level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
243
Before Printing on Art Paper
When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be
removed on art paper just before printing.
You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office
automation equipment).
The wider the brush, the more effective it will be.
OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair.
Important
• Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.
Not OK - brush made from hard material, cloth or washcloth, sticky and abrasive materials.
Paper dust removal procedure:
1. Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt.
2. Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction.
Important
• Be sure to brush all the way across the paper; do not start brushing at the middle or stop
halfway.
• Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible.
244
3. To complete the removal of paper dust, brush the paper in the other direction from top to
bottom.
245
Printing
Printing Photos and Documents
Printing Hagaki and Envelopes
Other Various Printing Features
246
Printing Photos and Documents
Printing from Computer
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing Using Operation Panel
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
247
Printing from Computer
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint)
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Printing from Chrome OS
248
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Basic Printing Setup Basic
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab)
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab)
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab)
Perform maintenance or settings (Maintenance tab)
Overview of the Printer Driver
Updating the Driver
249
Basic Printing Setup
In the Basic Settings tab, you can print in various ways according to your purpose.
1. Check that printer is turned on
2. Open printer driver's setup screen
3. Select Profile (A)
Select the print settings according to your purpose in Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
If you select a print setting, Paper Size and Media Type will change automatically.
Note
• When the paper size to be printed is selected from Printer Paper Size, the zoom level is
automatically set according to the selected paper size.
To select a zoom level of your choice, add a checkmark to Zoom and enter a number.
4. Select Media Type (B) According to Requirements
5. Set Paper
6. Click OK
250
Note
• For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see the
following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
251
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab)
Basic Settings Tab Description
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
252
Basic Settings Tab Description
The Basic Settings tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered
setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
• Profiles
• Settings Preview
• Preview before printing
• Always print with current settings
• Page Size
• Printer Paper Size
• Media Type
• Quality
• Paper Source
• Copies
• Collate
• Orientation
• Grayscale Printing
• Borderless Printing
• Page Layout
• Zoom
• 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
• Binding Location
Profiles
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
253
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. Page Layout is set to 2 on 1,
and 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing is set to 2-sided Printing.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Note
• You cannot change the order of print settings.
Add...
Displays the Add to Profiles dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Basic Settings, Media/
Quality, and Page Setup tabs to Profiles.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Profiles, and click Delete. When a confirmation
message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
254
Always print with current settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same
settings is possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, it will appear as Same as Page Size, and the document is printed with no scaling.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Media/Quality tab, and for Quality, select Custom.
The Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
255
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends slightly
off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
256
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab, add a
checkmark to Borderless Printing, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
1 on 1 to 16 on 1
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
To change the page order, click Preferences.... In the Page Layout Printing dialog box that
appears, specify Page Order.
Poster (1 x 2) to Poster (4 x 4)
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Preferences...
Opens the Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on poster printing.
Zoom
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
1-sided Printing
Select when performing single-sided printing.
2-sided Printing
Select when performing duplex printing.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Booklet Printing
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Preferences...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Binding Location
Selects the stapling margin position. The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings,
and automatically selects the best stapling margin position. Check Binding Location, and select from
the list to change it.
To specify the width of the binding margin, set it from the Page Setup tab.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
257
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality, and Page Setup tabs to
their default values (factory settings).
Add to Profiles dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality,
and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Options...
Opens the Add to Profiles dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Add to Profiles dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Profiles, and change the items to be saved in
the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
258
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page. The settings
specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border
line.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster. Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster. Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
259
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer
driver.
Paper Source
Check the setting or select a new paper source.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Page Size
Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
260
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver or the
printer's operation panel as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Plain Paper
Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper
Plain paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
High-Res Paper
Media name <Model No.>
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
High Resolution Paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer driver
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
Paper information registered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Pro Luster
Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Plus Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>
Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Matte Photo Paper
Matte
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>
Premium Fine Art Rough
Fine Art Rough
PP-301>
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy
261
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers
LF Iron Transfers
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers
DF Iron Transfers
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Matte Photo Paper
Matte
Commercially available papers
Media name
Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on the
printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper
Plain paper
Envelopes
Envelope
Envelope
T-Shirt Transfers
T-Shirt Transfers
Others
Washi
Washi
Others
Other High Quality Photo Paper
Other High Quality Photo Paper Others
Other Fine Art Paper
Other Fine Art Paper
Others
Greeting Cards
Inkjet Greeting Card
Others
Card Stock
Card Stock
Card stock
Note
• When Media Type in the Media/Quality sheet is set to Other Fine Art Paper, no data is printed in the
top and bottom 35 mm edges (printing direction) of the paper. For Paper Size in the Page Setup sheet,
select "XXX (Art Paper Margin 35)."
Also, when Media Type in the Media/Quality sheet is set to Premium Fine Art Rough, select "XXX
(Art Paper Margin 35)" for Paper Size in the Page Setup sheet.
For information about printable ranges, refer to "Print Area."
• For information on high quality paper and fine art paper of other brands that can be used with the
printer, see "Print Using Other High Quality Photo Paper and Other Fine Art Paper".
• For information on Washi that can be used with the printer, see "Print Using Washi."
262
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm
Letter
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm
Legal
A5
A5
A4
A4
B5
B5
4"x6" 10x15cm
KG/4"x6"(10x15)
5"x7" 13x18cm
2L/5"x7"(13x18)
7"x10" 18x25cm
7"x10"(18x25cm)
8"x10" 20x25cm
8"x10"(20x25cm)
L 89x127mm
L(89x127mm)
2L 127x178mm
2L/5"x7"(13x18)
Square 3.5"x3.5" 9x9cm
Square 3.5"
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm
Square 5"
Letter (Art Paper Margin 35)
Letter
A4 (Art Paper Margin 35)
A4
Hagaki 100x148mm
Hagaki
Hagaki 2 200x148mm
Hagaki 2
Envelope Com 10
Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL
Envelope DL
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25"
Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07"
Nagagata 4
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25"
Yougata 4
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48"
Yougata 6
263
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm
Card 2.17"x3.58"
Custom Size
Others
264
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select commonly used settings
Display the Basic Settings tab, and for Profiles, select Standard.
4. Select the paper size
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
• Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
• When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
• Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
• With return postcards, automatic duplex printing and borderless printing cannot be used.
5. Select the media type
Select the Hagaki you want to use from Hagaki in Media Type.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side
first and then print the message side.
• When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the
message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function, register the paper information for the side to
be printed first.
6. Set the print orientation
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7. Select the print quality
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
265
8. Click OK
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
266
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select the media type
Select Envelope from Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
4. Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select the envelope size you want to use, and
then click OK.
5. Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the Maintenance tab.
6. Select the print quality
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
7. Click OK
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
• When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
267
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Profiles on the Basic Settings tab. Unnecessary
printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the necessary items
From Profiles on the Basic Settings tab, select the printing profile to be used and if necessary,
change each of the settings.
You can also register necessary items on the Media/Quality and Page Setup tabs.
3. Click Add...
The Add to Profiles dialog box opens.
268
4. Save the settings
Enter a name for the print settings to register in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the
items, and then click OK.
In the Add to Profiles dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the Basic Settings
tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Profiles.
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
• When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Profiles.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
2. Delete the printing profile
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Profiles list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
269
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab)
Media/Quality Tab Description
Adjust Colors
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
270
Media/Quality Tab Description
The Media/Quality tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. You can
also adjust the print quality and color tones.
• Settings Preview
• Media Type
• Paper Source
• Quality
• Color/Intensity
• Grayscale Printing
• Preview before printing
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
271
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this to set the print quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom in Quality to make it clickable.
Open the Custom dialog box to set individual print quality levels.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and
select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
272
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Note
• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Quality on the Media/Quality tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Tone, Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total
273
color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Tone
Sets the color adjustment for monochrome printing.
Moving the slider to the right produces warm colors (Warm), and moving the slider to the left
produces cool colors (Cool).
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Important
• This function is not available for certain Media Type settings.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver. Select this value when you are specifying an
individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data.
274
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab)
Page Setup Tab Description
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
275
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this
tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
• Settings Preview
• Page Size
• Printer Paper Size
• Copies
• Print from Last Page
• Collate
• Orientation
• Rotate 180 degrees
• Borderless Printing
• Page Layout
• Zoom
• 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
• Binding Location
• Specify Margin
• Print Options
• Stamp/Background
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
276
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
277
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will
be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Borderless Printing
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
1 on 1 to 16 on 1
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper. To change the page order, click
Preferences.... In the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify Page Order.
Poster (1 x 2) to Poster (4 x 4)
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed.
You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster.
Preferences...
Opens the Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on poster printing.
Zoom
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
1-sided Printing
Select when performing single-sided printing.
2-sided Printing
Select when performing duplex printing.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
278
Booklet Printing
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Preferences...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box. Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Binding Location
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Binding Location, and select from the list to change it. To specify the
width of the binding margin, set it from the Page Setup tab.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box. You can specify the width of the margin.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background...
Opens the Stamp/Background dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light
illustration behind the document data.
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
279
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
280
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Binding Location becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
281
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
Disable the paper source setting of the application software
Disables the paper feed method that is set by the application.
With some applications such as Microsoft Word, the data may be printed with a feed method that
differs from the printer driver setting. In this case, check this function.
Important
• When this function is enabled, normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the
Canon IJ Preview.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Cancel the safety margin regulation for paper size
Cancels the safety margin regulation when you set Media Type to Premium Fine Art Rough on the
Media/Quality tab.
When you check this item, the safety margin regulation is canceled, printing in a wider print area and
borderless full-page printing become possible, and printing can be performed for all paper sizes.
Important
• When the safety margin regulation is canceled, the paper may become smudged or the print
quality may drop depending on the paper size used and the environment.
If that happens, we recommend that you print on a paper size that has large margins.
Improve bleeding and thickened black text/lines (plain paper)
If you add a checkmark, it may improve blurring in text and lines when printing on plain paper.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
282
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Print With
Specify the ink tank to be used from the installed ink tanks.
Select from All Colors (Default), All Except PGBK (Black), Only PGBK (Black).
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Only PGBK (Black) does not function because the
printer uses an ink tank other than PGBK (Black) to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab
A checkmark is added to Borderless Printing on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the ink tank that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either ink tank is
detached.
Print charts and diagrams in documents more vividly (plain paper)
If you select Use Printer Settings, printing is performed according to the printer's settings.
To see your printer settings, see "Printing preferences".
Stamp/Background dialog box
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
The Stamp/Background dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the
document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or
background.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
283
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap)
behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected
background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the
document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
• For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary,
change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
• For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary,
change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
• For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size,
and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
284
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
285
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
• Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to "0."
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine
how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
286
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost
position.
Note
• Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the
middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this
button.
287
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Basic Settings tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the number of copies to be printed
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3. Specify the print order
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
4. Click OK
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
288
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
289
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing on the Basic Settings Tab.
Note
• You can also set Amount of extension on the operation panel of the printer, but the settings on the
printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set borderless printing
Add a checkmark to Borderless Printing on the Page Setup tab.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3. Check the paper size
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
290
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
• When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Media/Quality tab, you can confirm whether there
will be no margin before printing.
• To perform borderless full-page printing on Premium Fine Art Rough go to the Page Setup tab,
display the Print Options dialog box, and change the Cancel the safety margin regulation for
paper size setting.
291
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set page layout printing
Select a page layout number from 1 on 1 to 16 on 1 from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
If necessary, click Preferences..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box,
and click OK.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
292
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in the Basic Settings tab.
Performing Automatic Duplex Printing
You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set automatic duplex printing
Select 2-sided Printing for 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab. Confirm that
Automatic is checked.
3. Select the layout
Select the layout you want to use from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Binding Location is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings.
To change the setting, select another stapling side from the Binding Location list.
5. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, duplex printing will be started.
Performing Duplex Printing Manually
You can perform the duplex printing manually.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set duplex printing
293
Select 2-sided Printing from 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab. Uncheck the
Automatic check box.
3. Select the layout
Select the layout you want to use from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Binding Location is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings.
To change the setting, select another stapling side from the Binding Location list.
5. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Then tap Start print on the printer operation panel to print the opposite side.
Important
• Automatic duplex printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from
Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm, A5, A4, B5, Hagaki 100x148mm
• After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page
(Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time.
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side first and
then print the message side.
294
Perform maintenance or settings (Maintenance tab)
Maintenance Tab Description
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
295
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to change the printer settings or check its status.
Cleaning
Performs print head Cleaning.
The print head Cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Deep Cleaning
Performs Deep Cleaning.
Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
Note
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning
only when necessary.
Ink Group
When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, the Ink Group window is displayed.
Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you perform Cleaning
or Deep Cleaning.
296
Print Head Alignment
Adjust the print head position.
Nozzle Check
Prints a Nozzle Check pattern.
Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a Nozzle Check
pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly.
If the print result for a specific color is faint, or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to
clean the print head.
To display a list of items that you should check before printing the Nozzle Check pattern, click Initial
Check Items.
Quiet Settings
Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern, such when
printing at night. Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Custom Settings
Opens the Custom Settings dialog box.
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Open Remote UI
Menu for performing printer maintenance and changing settings.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
297
Initial Check Items (Cleaning / Deep Cleaning)
Before running Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the
printer.
Check the following items for each ink.
• Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank.
• Check that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Initial Check Items (Nozzle Check)
Before running Nozzle Check, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the printer.
Check the following items for each ink.
• Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank.
• Check that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Quiet Settings dialog box
When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period
of time.
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to the
same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer, the Maintenance tab, or
ScanGear (scanner driver).
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from
the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
• Quiet Mode is not applied to operations (copy, direct print, etc.) performed directly from the printer
even during times set for Use quiet mode during specified hours.
298
Custom Settings dialog box
When you click Custom Settings, the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Detects compatible media in the multi-purpose tray
Detects whether compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray during printing using the
multi-purpose tray, and displays a message if compatible media is not loaded.
Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether compatible media is loaded.
Important
• If you leave this check box unchecked, the printer may print to the multi-purpose tray even
if compatible media is not loaded on the multi-purpose tray. Therefore, you should check this
check box under normal circumstances.
• If you load compatible media that has already been printed onto the multi-purpose tray, the
printer may detect that no compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray. In this case,
uncheck this check box.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, check this check box.
Important
• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the
left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting.
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and
allows you to continue printing.
To enable detection of paper setting mismatches, uncheck this check box.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head
alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to change to manual head alignment.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the slider
to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
299
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
Allow Google Analytics to send information
To stop sending information, uncheck this check box.
The check box appears only if a user with administrator privileges is logged on. If information is not
provided, the check box will not appear.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
300
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1. Open the Maintenance Tab
2. Click Cleaning
When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Cleaning.
3. Perform Cleaning
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Print Head Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Cleaning
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1. Open the Maintenance Tab
301
2. Click Deep Cleaning
When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Deep Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Deep Cleaning.
3. Perform Deep Cleaning
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Deep Cleaning
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
302
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
Print Head Alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves misalignment of
colors and lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment, but if the printing results are not satisfactory, such
as if the borders are not aligned, perform manual head alignment.
The procedure for performing automatic Print Head Alignment is as follows:
Important
• A pattern will be printed for head alignment. Do not open the scanning unit / cover while printing is in
progress.
Print Head Alignment
1. Open the Maintenance Tab
2. Click Print Head Alignment
The Print Head Alignment dialog box opens.
3. Load paper in printer
Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.
Note
• The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment.
4. Perform head alignment
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Follow the instruction in the message.
Note
• Wait until printing ends before performing other operations. Printing takes about 3 minutes to
complete.
Note
• In the Print Head Alignment dialog box, click Print Alignment Value to print the current settings so
that you can check the settings.
303
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Print Head Alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves misalignment of
colors and lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment, but if the printing results are not satisfactory, such
as if the borders are not aligned, perform manual head alignment.
The procedure for performing manual Print Head Alignment is as follows:
Important
• Printing is required for adjusting the position of the print head. Do not open the scanning unit / cover
while printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Print Head Alignment
1. Open the Maintenance Tab
2. Check that the printer power is on, and then click Custom Settings
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. Switch head alignment to manual
Check the Align heads manually check box.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
5. Click Print Head Alignment
The Print Head Alignment dialog box opens.
6. Load paper in printer
Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.
7. Perform head alignment
Click Start.
Follow the instruction in the message.
304
8. Check printed pattern
In each entry field, enter the number of the pattern with the least prominent streaks from among the
printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking relevant pattern in the
preview.
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent vertical streaks.
(A) Less prominent vertical streaks
(B) More prominent vertical streaks
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent horizontal streaks.
(A) Less prominent horizontal streaks
(B) More prominent horizontal streaks
9. Check the displayed message and click OK
The second pattern is printed.
10. Check printed patterns
In each entry field, enter the number of the pattern with the least prominent streaks from among the
printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking relevant pattern in the
preview.
305
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent vertical streaks.
(A) Less prominent vertical streaks
(B) More prominent vertical streaks
11. Check message content, and click OK
The print head adjustment patterns on the third sheet are printed.
12. Check printed patterns
In each entry field, enter the number of the pattern with the least prominent stripes from among the
printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking relevant pattern in the
preview.
306
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent horizontal stripes.
(A) Less prominent horizontal stripes
(B) More prominent horizontal stripes
13. Complete head position adjustment
Click OK.
The adjustment of the head position is complete.
Note
• To print and check the current setting, open the Print Head Alignment dialog box, and click Print
Alignment Value.
307
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
The Nozzle Check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a
Nozzle Check pattern. Print the pattern if printing results are not satisfactory, or if a specific color fails to
print.
Nozzle Check
1. Open the Maintenance Tab
2. Click Nozzle Check
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the Nozzle Check
pattern.
3. Load paper in the printer
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.
4. Print a Nozzle Check pattern
Check that the printer is on and then click Print Check Pattern.
The Nozzle Check pattern will be printed.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The Pattern Check dialog box opens.
5. Check the print result
Check the print result. If the print result is normal, click Exit.
If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the print
head.
Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads
308
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Canon IJ Status Monitor
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
309
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer
so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
310
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1. Select print command from application software
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
2. Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
The following instructions are shown using screens displayed in Windows 11 as an example.
1. Select the Settings -> Bluetooth & devices -> Printers & scanners
2. Click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the displayed
menu
The printer driver setup window appears.
Note
• If you're using Windows 10 or earlier, follow the steps below to display the printer driver settings
screen.
1. Select the Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
2. Right-click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the
displayed menu
Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs
regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear
when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding
Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
311
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
312
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3. Display Estimated ink levels
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
313
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• Depending on the document type to be printed, the paper feed method specified in the printer driver
may not operate correctly.
If this happens, open the printer driver setup window from the Print dialog box of the application
software, and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Media/Quality tab.
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, the following functions will not operate.
◦ Preview before printing on the Media/Quality tab
◦ Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
◦ Automatic when 2-sided Printing is selected from 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the
Page Setup tab
◦ Booklet Printing in 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab
◦ Print from Last Page, Collate, Specify Margin..., and Stamp/Background... on the Page
Setup tab
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
• If you are using a model that has a card slot, the card slot of the printer may become inaccessible. In
such cases, restart the printer or turn it off and reconnect the USB cable.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
◦ When a setting from 2 on 1 to 16 on 1 or Zoom is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab
of the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
314
◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce," the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set Booklet Printing in Page Layout or 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing according to
your requirements.
4. Click OK to close the window.
5. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
6. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
7. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
8. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Incorporated), printing may take time or some
data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog
box.
315
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to change the printer settings or check its status.
Cleaning
Performs print head Cleaning.
The print head Cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Deep Cleaning
Performs Deep Cleaning.
Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
Note
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning
only when necessary.
Ink Group
When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, the Ink Group window is displayed.
Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you perform Cleaning
or Deep Cleaning.
316
Print Head Alignment
Adjust the print head position.
Nozzle Check
Prints a Nozzle Check pattern.
Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a Nozzle Check
pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly.
If the print result for a specific color is faint, or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to
clean the print head.
To display a list of items that you should check before printing the Nozzle Check pattern, click Initial
Check Items.
Quiet Settings
Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern, such when
printing at night. Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Custom Settings
Opens the Custom Settings dialog box.
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Open Remote UI
Menu for performing printer maintenance and changing settings.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
317
Initial Check Items (Cleaning / Deep Cleaning)
Before running Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the
printer.
Check the following items for each ink.
• Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank.
• Check that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Initial Check Items (Nozzle Check)
Before running Nozzle Check, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the printer.
Check the following items for each ink.
• Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank.
• Check that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Quiet Settings dialog box
When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period
of time.
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to the
same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer, the Maintenance tab, or
ScanGear (scanner driver).
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from
the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
• Quiet Mode is not applied to operations (copy, direct print, etc.) performed directly from the printer
even during times set for Use quiet mode during specified hours.
318
Custom Settings dialog box
When you click Custom Settings, the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Detects compatible media in the multi-purpose tray
Detects whether compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray during printing using the
multi-purpose tray, and displays a message if compatible media is not loaded.
Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether compatible media is loaded.
Important
• If you leave this check box unchecked, the printer may print to the multi-purpose tray even
if compatible media is not loaded on the multi-purpose tray. Therefore, you should check this
check box under normal circumstances.
• If you load compatible media that has already been printed onto the multi-purpose tray, the
printer may detect that no compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray. In this case,
uncheck this check box.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, check this check box.
Important
• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the
left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting.
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and
allows you to continue printing.
To enable detection of paper setting mismatches, uncheck this check box.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head
alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to change to manual head alignment.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the slider
to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
319
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
Allow Google Analytics to send information
To stop sending information, uncheck this check box.
The check box appears only if a user with administrator privileges is logged on. If information is not
provided, the check box will not appear.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
320
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
Displays the ink status.
Ink tank types and ink levels can be confirmed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images, icons, and messages to display the printer status and the ink
status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
321
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays ink tank types and estimated ink levels as images.
Also, if the remaining ink is low or empty, an icon or a message will appear (Ink level warning /
Ink empty error).
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels
and the names of ink tanks that the printer can use.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
Envelope Printing
Displays a guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window as a pop-up, and displays it in front of the
other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
Display Firmware Update Notifications
Displays firmware update notifications.
If there's a firmware update available, a dialog box is displayed when you start printing.
322
If you add a check mark to Do not show this message again in this dialog box, you can
prevent it from displaying again.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor
323
Updating the Driver
Drivers include a printer driver and MP Drivers. The MP Drivers include a printer driver, ScanGear (scanner
driver), and fax driver.
By updating the Driver to the latest version of the Driver, unresolved problems may be solved.
Important
• Check the following if you want to install or delete drivers.
Log on as a user who has the administrator account.
Terminate all running applications.
• Installing the Driver
• Deleting the Unnecessary Driver
Installing the Driver
1. Turn on the printer
2. Start the installer
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
3. Install the driver
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4. Complete the installation
Click Exit.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may
be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can download the driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Deleting the Unnecessary Driver
The printer driver which you no longer use can be deleted.
1. Start the uninstaller
Select Control Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features.
From the program list, select "Canon XXX Printer Driver/MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model
name) and then click Uninstall.
The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears.
324
2. Perform the uninstaller
Click Start. When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
When all the files have been deleted, click Complete.
The deletion of the Driver is complete.
325
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint)
Printing Basic
Perform Borderless Printing
Printing on Postcards
Adding Printer
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers
326
Printing
This printer is compatible with the macOS standard printing system (AirPrint).
You can start printing right away after connecting this printer to your Mac without installing any special
software.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment
Mac running the latest version of OS
• Requirement
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
◦ Connected by USB
Print from a Mac
1. Check that printer is turned on
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer
3. Select paper size and paper type from printer
Register the set paper size and paper type on the printer operation panel.
For instructions, see "Paper Settings."
4. Start printing from your application software
The Print dialog opens.
5. Select printer
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
327
6. Check print settings
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Feed From and Media Type from
Media & Quality.
Set Double-sided to Off if you are not printing on both sides of the paper.
328
Important
• An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size
registered on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that
correspond to the paper being printed.
• If you selected Auto Select in Feed From, the feed position will be different. Only A4, A5, and
JIS B5 plain paper can be fed from the cassette (main tray).
• If printing paper such as photo paper and postcards that cannot be printed on both sides, set
Double-sided to Off.
Note
• Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
7. Click Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot print if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and enable
Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems.
• The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
• If you print with Media Type set to Premium Fine Art Rough or Other Fine Art Paper, the paper
may get rubbed, reducing the print quality at the top and bottom edges. When creating print data
with the application software, we recommend that you create 35 mm margins on the top and bottom
edges.
Printing of Envelopes
For printing on the envelope from Mac, refer to the following.
Print result
image
Orientation of print data
Orientation of loading envelope
The print data is rotated by 180 degrees
against the print result image.
329
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side facing
up so that the folded flap of the envelope will be faced down
on the right side.
330
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Set the Amount of extension on the printer operation panel
For information on how to set the amount of extension, see "Print settings."
Important
• When the Extended amount: Large is set, the back side of the paper may become smudged.
2. Select sheet size for borderless printing
Select XXX Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog.
3. Click Print
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "Borderless" from the Paper Size.
• Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the
type of paper used.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
• When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
• The use of borderless printing is not recommended if Plain Paper is selected for Media Type in
Media & Quality.
331
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
If you are not satisfied with the borderless printing results, reduce the amount of extension in printer
operation panel.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount: Minimum is set, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when
printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.
332
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcards in printer
2. Select paper size and paper type from the printer
Register Hagaki for paper size from the printer operation panel.
Also, register Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki for paper type, according to your purpose. When you
print on the address side, register Hagaki.
3. Select Paper Size and Media Type from the print dialog
Select Postcard or Postcard Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog. When you print on the
address side, select Postcard.
Select the Hagaki you want to use for Media Type in Media & Quality from the print dialog.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
4. Set Double-sided to Off
Important
• Two-sided printing is not possible for postcards, so set Double-sided to Off. If you print with
Double-sided set to On, the printing result may not be as you intended.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
5. Click Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
333
Adding Printer
This section describes the procedure for adding a printer to your Mac.
To re-add a printer that was deleted, open System Settings -> Printers & Scanners, click Add Printer,
Scanner or Fax..., and then perform the procedure described below.
If your printer is connected via USB, and you connect the USB cable to a Mac, the printer is automatically
added. The below procedure is not necessary in this case.
1. Check whether Default is selected in the displayed dialog
Note
• It may take a little time for your printer to appear.
2. Select the printer
Select the printer listed as Bonjour Multifunction.
Note
• Check the following if printer does not appear.
Printer is on
Firewall function of the security software is off
Printer is either connected to the wireless router or directly connected to the PC (Direct
Connection)
3. Select your printer or Secure AirPrint from Use
4. Click Add
The printer is added to your Mac.
334
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
The settings screen of the printer can be displayed from your application software.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
The Page Setup dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1. Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
The Print dialog opens.
335
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen
• If the print data has been sent to the printer
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
printer icon displayed on the Dock.
• If the print data has not been sent to the printer
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select your printer model from the printer list, and then click
Printer Queue....
2. Check the printing status
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Important
• If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
• The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
• The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
• If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.
336
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Select your model, and then click Printer Queue...
The print status check screen appears.
3. Select the unnecessary print job and click
(Delete)
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
337
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of
Printers
The printer that is no longer in use can be removed from the list of printers.
Before removing the printer, remove the cable connecting the printer and PC.
You cannot remove the printer if you are not logged on as the administrator. For information about an
administrative user, see Users & Groups from System Settings.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners
2. Delete printer from list of printers
Select the printer you wish to remove from the list of printers and click Remove Printer....
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
338
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
339
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
340
Printing Photo Data
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card Basic
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
341
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card
You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily.
This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Select photo print.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load photo paper.
3. Select
Print on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
4. Select
Print from memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
5. Select
Select photo print.
6. Insert memory card into card slot.
The photo selection screen is displayed.
Note
• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen is displayed.
• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Saved data is not of a supported type.
is displayed on the touch screen.
• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group
per 2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
7. Specify settings as necessary.
• To select the photo to print:
Flick horizontally to select the photo.
You can also select the photo by tapping
or
342
.
You can print a copy of the displayed photo by tapping Color.
• To change the display method, the number of copies, or the print settings:
Tap
near the bottom of the displayed photo to display menus.
A: Total number of copies is displayed
When tapping, you can check and change the number of copies for each photo.
B: Specify the number of copies
Tap
or
to specify the number of copies.
Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies.
You can also flick the number to specify.
343
Note
• You can specify the number of copies for each photo. Display the photo you want to print and
specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed.
C: Select to switch the photo group.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
D: Select to display the Settings screen.
You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
E: Select to display two photos side-by-side.
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
344
F: Select to zoom in on the photo.
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
G: Select display photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).
For details:
Using Useful Display Functions
H: Select to display the multiple photos at once.
For more on the display method:
Using Useful Display Functions
8. Tap Color.
The printer starts printing.
Note
• While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print).
345
Adding Print Job
Adding Print Job
You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos.
Follow the procedure below to add the print job.
1. Flick photo while printing to select next photo.
Note
• While you select the photo, the printer prints the reserved photos.
• The
reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job.
2. Specify number of copies and print settings for each photo.
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print
settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the
print job.
3. Tap Color.
The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing.
If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.
Note
• While processing the print job, you cannot display the HOME screen, change the print menu, or print
from the computer or other devices.
• While processing the print job, the photo in other group is not selected.
• If you tap Stop while processing the print job, the screen to select a method to cancel reservation
is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel printing all photos. If you select
Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last printing job.
• If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the
operation. may be displayed on the touch screen. In this case, wait a while and add the print job.
346
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the
memory card.
Print Settings Screen
How to display the print settings screen varies with the print menu.
• In Select photo print or Slide show:
The following screen is displayed by selecting Settings.
• In Trimming print:
The following screen is displayed before printing.
Setting Items
Flick vertically to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify
the setting.
Note
• Depending on the print menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the
setting items in Select photo print.
The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out or not displayed.
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If
the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected,
347
and Error details are displayed
on the touch screen. In this case, select
message and change the setting.
on the upper left on the touch screen to check the
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if another print menu is selected or
the printer is turned off.
You can specify the following setting items.
• Paper src
Select a paper source.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
• Page size
Select the page size.
• Type (Media type)
Select the media type.
• Print qlty (Print quality)
Select print quality according to the photo.
• Border (Bordered/Borderless print)
Select bordered or borderless print.
• Photo fix
When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the
most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight
brighter to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each
scene with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.
Note
• As a default, photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied.
• If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.
• Red-EyeCorrection
Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.
Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may
be corrected.
• Print date
Activates/deactivates to print the date (shooting date) on a photo.
Note
• The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Other printer
settings under Printer settings.
348
Other printer settings
349
Printing Hagaki and Envelopes
For Windows
Printing on Postcards
Setting Up Envelope Printing
For macOS
Printing on Postcards
350
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select commonly used settings
Display the Basic Settings tab, and for Profiles, select Standard.
4. Select the paper size
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
• Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
• When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
• Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
• With return postcards, automatic duplex printing and borderless printing cannot be used.
5. Select the media type
Select the Hagaki you want to use from Hagaki in Media Type.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side
first and then print the message side.
• When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the
message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function, register the paper information for the side to
be printed first.
6. Set the print orientation
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7. Select the print quality
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
351
8. Click OK
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
352
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcards in printer
2. Select paper size and paper type from the printer
Register Hagaki for paper size from the printer operation panel.
Also, register Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki for paper type, according to your purpose. When you
print on the address side, register Hagaki.
3. Select Paper Size and Media Type from the print dialog
Select Postcard or Postcard Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog. When you print on the
address side, select Postcard.
Select the Hagaki you want to use for Media Type in Media & Quality from the print dialog.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
4. Set Double-sided to Off
Important
• Two-sided printing is not possible for postcards, so set Double-sided to Off. If you print with
Double-sided set to On, the printing result may not be as you intended.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
5. Click Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
353
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select the media type
Select Envelope from Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
4. Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select the envelope size you want to use, and
then click OK.
5. Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the Maintenance tab.
6. Select the print quality
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
7. Click OK
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
• When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
354
Other Various Printing Features
Disc Label Printing
Printing Pattern Paper or Templates
355
Disc Label Printing
Copying Label Side of Disc Basic
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label
356
Copying Label Side of Disc
You can copy the label of an existing BD/DVD/CD and print it on a printable disc.
Important
• You cannot print on 3.15 in. (8 cm) printable discs.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Copy on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
3. Select
Disc label copy.
4. Check message and select OK.
The print area setting screen is displayed.
5. Specify print area and select OK.
A: Specify the outer circle.
B: Specify the inner circle.
Note
• Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure
you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than
the measured value for the inner diameter.
• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.
6. Specify the amount of ink.
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
357
7. Follow on-screen instructions to load copy source BD/DVD/CD on platen and select OK.
The print setting confirmation screen is displayed.
Important
• Be sure to load the copy source BD/DVD/CD with its label side down on the center of the platen. If
you load it near the edge of the platen, part of the image may be cut off.
8. After checking message, tap Black or Color.
9. Open operation panel until horizontal.
10. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.
Note
• You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.
11. Select OK.
The printer starts copying.
Note
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or
expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has
dried.
• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings
under Printer settings.
358
Print settings
359
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label
You can print a photograph saved on a memory card onto the disc label of the printable disc.
Important
• You cannot print on 3.15 in. (8 cm) printable discs.
• Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
Print on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
3. Select
Print from memory card.
The memory card print menus are displayed.
4. Select
Print photos on disc label.
5. Insert memory card into card slot.
Note
• When you insert the memory card before you displays the memory card print menus, the photo
selection screen in Select photo print is displayed.
• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Saved data is not of a supported type.
is displayed on the touch screen.
• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group
per 2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the
message displayed on the touch screen and select OK.
6. Check message and select OK.
The print area setting screen is displayed.
7. Specify print area and select OK.
360
A: Specify the outer circle.
B: Specify the inner circle.
Note
• Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure
you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than
the measured value for the inner diameter.
• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers.
8. Specify the amount of ink.
If the print result is blurry, select Bleed-proof. Blurring may be reduced by printing with less ink.
9. Select a photo you want to print.
Note
• Other Options
Using Useful Display Functions
10. Specify print area with trimming and select OK.
C: Drag to position the trimming frame.
D: Drag to set the trimming frame size.
11. Check message and tap Color.
361
12. Open operation panel until horizontal.
13. Follow on-screen instructions to set printable disc.
Note
• You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by selecting How to set.
14. Select OK.
The printer starts printing.
Note
• After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or
expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has
dried.
• If printing is misaligned, adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings
under Printer settings.
Print settings
362
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type, the message is displayed before printing starts when the
paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
After loading paper
• When the rear tray's feed slot cover is closed
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
If the page size on the touch screen matches the size of the paper loaded in the rear tray, select Yes.
If not, select Change to change the setting in accordance with the size of the loaded paper.
Note
• See Detect paper width when you want to hide the screen for confirming the setting of paper.
363
• When you insert the cassette
Paper size is detected and set automatically in the printer.
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the touch screen:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing/copying are different from the
paper information registered to the printer
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing/copying: A5
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4
When you start printing/copying, a message is displayed.
364
Check the message and select Next, and then choose one of the following.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select if you want to print/copy on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information registered
to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing/copying on the paper loaded in the rear tray or in the
cassette without changing the paper size setting for printing/copying.
Replace the paper and print
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the rear tray or in the cassette before
you start printing/copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing/copying. Change the paper settings
and try printing/copying again.
365
Copying
Making Copies
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Two-Sided Copying
Special Copy Menu
366
Making Copies
This section describes the basic procedure to perform standard copying.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Select
Copy on the HOME screen.
Using Touch Screen
4. Select
Standard copy.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
5. Load original on platen.
6. Specify settings as necessary.
A: Specify the page size and the media type.
B: Specify the number of copies.
367
C: The copy layout is displayed.
Switch the layout from
(one-sided),
(2-on-1),
(two-sided).
D: Display the print setting items.
For more on the setting items:
Setting Items for Copying
7. Tap Black or Color.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen until scanning is
completed.
Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy)
You can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
The message is displayed when you can add the copying job.
Load the original on the platen and tap the same button (Color or Black) as the one which you previously
tapped.
Note
• When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.
368
• If you tap Stop while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to cancel
copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reservations, you can cancel copying all scanned data.
If you select Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs.
Please wait a while and try again. may appear on the touch screen. Select OK and wait a while,
and then try copying again.
• If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning. appears on the touch screen
when scanning, select OK and tap Stop to cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have
not been finished copying.
369
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity.
Print Settings Screen
Note
• For more on the print settings screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.
The print settings screen is displayed by selecting Settings in the Copy standby screen.
Preview
When Preview is displayed on the print settings screen, selecting Preview allows you to preview an
image of the printout on the preview screen.
For details, see below.
Displaying Preview Screen
Setting Items
Flick to display setting items and select the setting item to display the settings. Select to specify the
setting.
Following setting items can be changed.
• Intensity
Specify the intensity.
370
A: Select to activate/deactivate automatic intensity adjustment.
When ON is selected, the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on the
platen.
B: Drag to specify the intensity.
• Magnif.
Specify the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
• Paper src
Select a paper source.
Note
• When Auto is selected, paper is fed from the paper source where the paper that matches the
paper settings (page size and media type) is loaded.
• Page size
Select the page size.
• Type
Select the media type.
• Print qlty
Specify the print quality.
Important
• Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays
instead of black or white.
• Layout
Select the layout.
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
• 2-sidedPrintSetting
Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
371
Two-Sided Copying
372
Scanning
Scanning and Saving to a Computer
Attaching Scanned Images to E-MAIL to Send
373
Scanning and Saving to a Computer
Scanning in Windows
Scanning in macOS
Scanning with Chromebook
Using Operation Panel to Scan
374
Scanning in Windows
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (Scan Utility)
Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
375
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (Scan Utility)
Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
376
Scan Utility Features
Use Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the
corresponding icon.
Important
• Available functions, the displayed items, and available settings vary depending on your model.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the Scan Utility main screen, see Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
Windows 7:
My Documents folder
• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
377
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
378
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start Scan Utility.
4. Click
Auto in the Scan Utility main screen.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box displayed by clicking
where to save the scanned images and to make advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
Settings... to set
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
379
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start Scan Utility.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click
Settings..., and then
set each item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click
Document or
Photo in the Scan Utility main screen.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
380
Creating/Editing PDF Files
You can create PDF files by scanning items placed on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder). Add,
delete, rearrange pages or make other edits in the created PDF files.
Important
• You can create or edit up to 100 pages of a PDF file at one time.
• Only PDF files created or edited in Scan Utility or IJ PDF Editor are supported. PDF files created or
edited in other applications are not supported.
Note
• You can also create PDF files from images saved on a computer.
• Selectable file formats are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG.
• Images whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is 10501 or more cannot be used.
• When you select a password-protected PDF file, you must enter the password.
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
1. Place items on platen or ADF.
2. Start Scan Utility.
3. Click
PDF Editor in the Scan Utility main screen.
IJ PDF Editor starts.
4. To specify the paper size, resolution, and other settings, click Settings... from the File
menu, and then set each item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis.
When setting is completed, click OK.
5. Click
(Scan) on Toolbar.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To open a file saved on the computer, click Open... from the File menu, and then select the file
you want to edit.
• You can switch the view with the Toolbar buttons. For details, see PDF Edit Screen.
381
6. Add pages as needed.
When scanning and adding more items:
Place items, and then click
(Scan) on the Toolbar.
When adding existing images or PDF files:
(Add Page) on the Toolbar. After the Open dialog box appears, select the image(s) or PDF
Click
file(s) you want to add, and then click Open.
Note
• You can also add images or PDF files from Add Page from Saved Data... in the File menu.
7. Edit pages as needed.
When changing page order:
(Page Up) or
(Page Down) on the Toolbar to
Click the page you want to move, and then click
change the page order. You can also change the page order by dragging and dropping a page to the
target location.
When deleting pages:
Click the page you want to delete, and then click
(Delete Page) on the Toolbar.
Note
• These buttons appear when two or more pages have been created.
8. Select Save As... in File menu.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Specify save settings.
Important
• The following items cannot be set for images whose resolution is outside the range of 75 dpi to
600 dpi or whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is between 10201 pixels
and 10500 pixels.
PDF Compression
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Correct slanted text originals
Detect the orientation of text original and rotate image
File Name
Enter a file name for the PDF file to be saved. When two or more pages have been created and you
are saving each page separately, a sequential number is appended to the file names.
382
Save in
Set the folder in which to save PDF files. To change the folder, click Browse..., and then specify the
destination folder.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
created or edited PDF files in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
File Type
Select the file format for saving PDF files.
PDF
Save each page as a separate PDF file.
PDF (Multiple Pages)
Save multiple pages in one PDF file.
Note
• PDF (Multiple Pages) appears when two or more pages have been created.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving. This will reduce the load on your network and server.
Important
• If you save PDF files with high compression repeatedly, images may degrade.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Correct slanted text originals
Select this checkbox to detect the document orientation based on the text in images and correct the
angle (within the range of -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10 degrees) for creating PDF files.
Important
• The following types of image may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected
correctly.
Images in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line
Images containing both vertical and horizontal text
Images with extremely large or small fonts
Images with small amount of text
Images containing figures/images
Hand-written images
383
Detect the orientation of text original and rotate image
Select this checkbox to detect the page orientation based on the text in images and automatically
rotate the images to the correct orientation for creating PDF files.
Important
• This function is available only for images (text documents) containing languages that can be
selected from Document Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box of Scan
Utility. This function is not available depending on the language in the image.
• The page orientation of the following types of image may not be detected since the text cannot
be detected correctly.
Images with small amount of text
Images containing text whose font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points
Images containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Images with patterned backgrounds
Set up password security
Select this checkbox to display the Password Security Settings dialog box for setting a password
for opening the created PDF file or a password for printing/editing it.
Important
• When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the
passwords.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
10. Click Save.
The PDF file is saved.
Note
• When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the
passwords in the Save dialog box.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• To overwrite a saved file, click
(Save) on the Toolbar.
384
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Scanning in Basic Mode
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
385
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the
output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN
interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan
results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to
scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Note
• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps (
).
386
,
, and
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
color tone, and other settings.
387
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start
ScanGear from Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
• If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection
from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from Scan Utility
1. Start Scan Utility.
For how to start it, see Starting Scan Utility.
2. In Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
1. Start application.
2. On application's menu, select machine.
Note
• A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
3. Scan document.
The ScanGear screen appears.
388
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
(Thumbnail)
Photos with a whitish background
Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear documents
Thin documents
Thick documents
• The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.
Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
• Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex
scanning support.
1. Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source to match your document.
389
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3. Click Preview.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
Note
• Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4. Set Destination.
Note
• Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5. Set Output Size.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6. Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
390
7. Set Image corrections as needed.
8. Click Scan.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click
(Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the
current scan settings.
• How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after
scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
391
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
Basic Mode Tab
Advanced Mode Tab
Preferences Dialog Box
392
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
393
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
394
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size
of the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the
aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the
portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it
while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This
option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then
saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or
mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the
added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
395
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save
to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
• Save up to 10 items.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview tab of Preferences Dialog Box.
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
• Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
396
Correct gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using
this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons
and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
• This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Scan Image
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) /
(Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
397
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
398
When
(Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
(Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
• Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its
original state.
When
(Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
399
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Basic Mode
400
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Important
• The displayed items vary depending on your model, document type, and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
401
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
• Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame
(scan area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its
non-magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click
frame.
(Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
Note
• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame
again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
402
Note
• Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
•
(Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, see Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in
Scan tab of Preferences dialog box.
• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
403
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) /
(Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
404
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When
(Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
405
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When
(Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
406
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panel or scanner buttons of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing
the devices.
• Calibration may take time if the machine is connected via USB 1.1.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these
steps and scan again.
If your model has no power button, perform Step 2 only.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
If scanning still fails, restart the computer.
• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at
600 dpi in full-color.
• ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
• Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
407
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
408
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
409
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size does
not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (scan area) manually.
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment
mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by
specifying the data format.
Loading Originals on Platen
Loading Based on Use
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
To scan documents using the ADF, load the documents as described below.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
410
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images
into a specified computer.
Important
• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on our
website.
• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use Network Scanner Selector EX2 to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner,
you can scan over a network from your computer or the operation panel.
Important
• If the product you want to use is changed with Network Scanner Selector EX2, the product used for
scanning with Scan Utility changes as well. The product for scanning from the operation panel also
changes.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in Scan Utility, check that it is selected with Network Scanner
Selector EX2.
Refer to "Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for details.
• To scan from the operation panel, specify your scanner or printer with Network Scanner Selector EX2
beforehand.
1. Check that Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running.
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running,
notification area on the desktop. Click
(Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
start.
Windows 11/Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
411
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search
charm, then search for "Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2 > Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click
(Network Scanner Selector EX2),
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In
that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
• If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can
select one scanner per model.
4. Click OK.
Note
• The scanner selected in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the
Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen as well.
Setting for Scanning with Scan Utility
To scan from Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or
printer with Network Scanner Selector EX2, then follow the steps below to change the connection status
between it and the computer.
1. Start Scan Utility.
2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Scanner.
3. Click
Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
4. Click
(General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of Network Scanner Selector EX2 appears.
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
412
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.
The Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel
You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.
Important
• Set Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand.
Setting for Scanning with Scan Utility
1. Check that Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running.
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running,
notification area on the desktop. Click
(Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
start.
Windows 11/Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search
charm, then search for "Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2 > Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click
then select Settings....
(Network Scanner Selector EX2),
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.
4. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.
Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer.
413
Note
• When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners.
5. In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK.
Note
• If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then
reopen it and try selecting again.
MP Drivers is installed
Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
414
Scanning in macOS
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
415
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility
Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Scanning Documents and Photos
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
416
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Use IJ Scan Utility Lite to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking
the corresponding icon.
Important
• The displayed items and available functions vary depending on your scanner or printer.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Lite Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
• For how to specify a folder, see Settings Dialog.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
417
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog.
418
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main
screen, and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Check that scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
4. Click
Auto in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog to set where to save the scanned images and to
make advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
419
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click
Settings..., and then
set each item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog, the same settings can be used for scanning from
the next time.
• In the Settings dialog, specify image processing settings such as slant correction, set where to
save the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click
Document or
Photo in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
420
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
421
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• When using a personal scanner in the upright position, the item type may not be detected automatically.
In that case, specify the item type in IJ Scan Utility Lite and scan.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size does
not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size, align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the
arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (selection box) manually.
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment
mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by
specifying the data format.
Inkjet All-In-One printer:
Loading Originals on Platen
Loading Based on Use
Personal scanner:
Items You Can Place & How to Place Items
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
To scan documents using the ADF, load the documents as described below.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
1. Place item on platen.
422
1. Open the document cover.
2. Place the item with the side to scan facing the platen, and then align it with the alignment
mark.
Important
• If you open the document cover wide, the scanner may fall over.
• Portions placed over (A) (0.094 inch (2.4 mm) from the left edge of the platen) or (B) (0.106 inch
(2.7 mm) from the front edge) cannot be scanned.
2. Gently close document cover.
While scanning, hold the document cover gently with your hand to keep it closed.
Important
• Keep these points in mind when using the scanner in the upright position.
Do not subject the scanner to vibration during operation. The correct image results may not
be obtained (for example, images may blur).
423
The item type may not be detected automatically. In that case, specify the item type in IJ
Scan Utility Lite and scan.
424
Attaching Scanned Images to E-MAIL to Send
Sending Scanned Data as E-Mail from Computer
425
Frequently Asked Questions
Top 6
Network Connection Setup Guide
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
>
Network Communication Problems
>
Scanning Problems (Windows)
>
Connecting with Wireless Direct
>
Printer Does Not Print
>
Search by Category
Error
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
1000 is displayed
1003 is displayed
1259 is displayed
Network
Easy Understanding Network Connections
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Change to Offline (Windows)
Printing Network Settings
426
Printing
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Printer Does Not Print
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Scan
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanner Does Not Work (Windows)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start (Windows)
Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Security / Other
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Replacing Ink Tanks
Printer Does Not Turn On
Maintenance
Questions not Listed Above
Error
427
Cannot Use Previous Applications
1300 is displayed
Disable notifications for 2114 error
Network
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Password
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
USB Connection Problems
Updating Printer Firmware
Printing
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printing (Copying) Stops
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Automatic 2-sided Printing Problems
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
Scan
Scanning Problems(macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory(Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory(macOS)
Security / Other
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen
Operation Problems
428
Network FAQ
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer on Network(Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
WPS (Router Button) Connection
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Cannot Find Printer on Network(Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
429
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network(Windows/macOS)
No Ink Level Appears in Canon IJ Status Monitor (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network(Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Checking Status Code
Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network(Windows/macOS)
No Ink Level Appears in Canon IJ Status Monitor (Windows)
430
Network Communication Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Wireless Router Problems
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network
431
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer
Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
432
Cannot Find Printer on Network
In the following cases, set up the printer again.
• When you buy a new computer or wireless router
• When you change the settings on your wireless router
• When the connection method (Wi-Fi / USB) of the printer is changed
Select (Setup) on HOME screen > Printer settings > Reset settings > Reset all to initialize the printer
settings.
Reset settings
After initializing the printer settings, redo setup.
Set Up
In Other Cases Than Above:
If the printer suddenly stops working, even though you have not changed the settings of the device or
network to which it is connected, or if you cannot find the printer during the setup process, check and
solve the problem, using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. After the condition improves, redo the setup of the
printer.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is a powerful solution tool for network problems.
Step 1
Check Basic Items for Network.
Step 2
Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Step 3
If the Solution Tool Does Not Solve the Problem.
Step 1 : Check Basic Items for Network.
Check 1
Check power status.
Check your printer and the network device (wireless router, etc.) are turned on.
If you are in the process of setting up, interrupt it and check if the wireless router (modem) is turned on and then
check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network device such as router is turned on.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off
and on again.
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
433
Proceed once the network device such as router is ready for use.
2. Check if printer is turned on
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn it off and on again.
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
Check 2
Check PC network connection.
If your computer and network devices (wireless router, etc.) are fully configured, your computer is ready to
connect to the network.
1. Check the settings of the network device (wireless router, etc.).
Connect to the Internet and see if you can browse any web page. If you cannot view web pages on
your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC
address filtering, and DHCP function.
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, print the network
settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric
characters at the end of network name (SSID).
• For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual
supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
If you use an encryption key, specify it for the network name (SSID) you are using. For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
2. Check PC network connection.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the computer, or contact the
manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in
order to view web pages, using the information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
Check 3
Check printer's network settings.
Make sure the
icon is displayed on the lower left of the touch screen.
434
or
icon is displayed.
or
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Check the setting of
printer. Reconsider the location of the wireless router and the printer in the next check.
icon is displayed.
"Easy wireless connect" is waiting for setup. Connect a device to the printer with the application on computer,
smartphone or tablet.
or
If
icon is displayed.
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi.
Select
(Setup) on HOME screen > Printer settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi in this order, and select
Enable for Enable/disable Wi-Fi.
Check 4
Check location of wireless router.
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up 50 m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. Make sure the printer is
close enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Step 2 : Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
• For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
435
Step 3 : If the Solution Tool Does Not Solve the Problem.
Check 1
Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of Printer
properties dialog box(Windows).
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check 2
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to
access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via Wi-Fi, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Check 3
If your network name (SSID) contains characters other than single-byte alphanumeric characters, the connection
is not established properly. Change the network (SSID) to use only single-byte alphanumeric characters.
Check 4
Solve network troubles with the printer's diagnostic functions.
See below.
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Related Topics
Network Communication Problems
436
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check 1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
• Check the orientation and angle of the "Type-B" connector when connecting to the printer. The connection
part is slightly oblique. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check 2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.
3. Turn on printer.
Check 3
Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers (Printer Driver) again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
2. Turn off printer.
3. Restart computer.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) downloaded in step 1.
Important
• When installing the MP Drivers (Printer Driver), make sure you select the correct printer name.
437
• For Windows:
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
438
Wireless Router Problems
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router
Settings
WPS (Router Button) Connection
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
439
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
• For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, check the following items.
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for wireless router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
Check the wireless router settings. For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual
provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate
with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
Select the encryption containing WPA2.
Note
• The factory default of wireless router supporting WPA3 may be set to WPA3.
Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router using the settings you have selected.
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
• Using WPA2/WPA3 (Windows)
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
440
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports the following.
WPA-PSK (WPA-Personal)
WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Personal)
WPA3-SAE (WPA3-Personal)
• Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the
printer you are using, some of the features described (connection, scanner/copy and etc.) may
not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Product Specifications.
441
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When wireless router is replaced or router settings are changed, the network settings of your computer,
smartphone/tablet or printer must be reconfigured according to the new wireless router.
Check if your computer or smartphone/tablet can be connected to Internet
through the new wireless router.
Check 1
If your computer or smartphone/tablet cannot be connected to Internet, check if the wireless router setup is
completed and configure the settings on the computer or smartphone/tablet to connect to the wireless router.
Resetup printer network
Check 2
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on wireless router
Check 1
Check wireless router setting.
442
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other
under this setting.
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check
that MAC addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are
registered.
Check 2
Check 3
If using WPA/WPA2/WPA3 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
Note
• Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the
printer you are using, some of the features described (connection, scanner/copy and etc.) may not
apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Product Specifications.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at wireless router
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after you change the encryption type for the wireless
router, make sure the encryption type and passkey or password for the computer matches that of the
wireless router.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
443
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Status Code
Printing Network Settings
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Connecting with Wireless Direct
444
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic
Functions
• If the printer and wireless router are connected or the printer and computer are connected by USB cable
but you cannot print:
Change to Offline (Windows)
• In other cases than above:
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Print
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Print
Printing Out Network Settings Information:
Follow the procedure below to print out the network settings information.
Step 1
Check that printer and wireless router are turned on.
Turn the wireless router back on.
Wait about five minutes and then turn the printer back on.
Step 2
Check your devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) are connected to
Internet.
Make sure that devices and the wireless router are connected to via Wi-Fi, and that the Internet can be used
without problems.
Make sure the printer's Wi-Fi setting is enabled and the
displayed.
Step 3
Step 4
or
icon is
Move the printer and device (computer/smartphone/tablet) closer to the wireless
router.
Wireless communication quality deteriorates if the printer or devices are too far from the wireless router. Move
the printer and device closer to the wireless router.
Step 5
Print the network settings
Print out the network settings information on your printer.
Printing Network Settings
Checking Printed Network Settings Information:
From the printed network settings information, check the entries in item "2-2"
445
C-0
It is connected correctly. If, nevertheless, the printer is not found on the network or printing is not possible,
check the following items.
Note
• If codes other than "C-0" are displayed at the same time in the item "2-2" see also the correspondence
of the other codes.
Check 1
Check that security software's firewall is off.
A message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning
message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
Quit the security software and make sure that the printer is recognized and ready to use. If so, the cause is
the firewall setting. Change the firewall settings so that the printer is recognized and ready to use. For details,
contact the manufacturer of the security software.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
Does network name (SSID) of printer match network name (SSID) setting of
wireless router that communicates?
Check 2
Check the "3-2-6" item in the printed network settings information and the network name (SSID) of the wireless
router you want to connect to. If they are not matched, check the SSID and password of the wireless router you
want to connect to, and then setup manually.
Is privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function enabled
on wireless router?
Check 3
If it is enabled, disable these functions before performing the setup. To check the settings of the wireless router,
refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Check 4
Are MP Drivers (Printer Driver) installed? (Windows)
If you are using Windows and MP Drivers (Printer Driver) are not installed, install it.
Set Up
C-1
The printer's Wi-Fi setting is disabled. (You can also check if the Wi-Fi icon
does not appear on the
printer's screen.)
Enable the Wi-Fi setting in the printer's settings screen.
C-3
No IP address is assigned. (You can also check that the item "3-2-12" in the printed network settings
information is blank.)
Check the following items.
446
Is printer set to obtain an IP address automatically, or is wireless router
requesting manual addressing?
Check 1
Refer to the wireless router's manual to enable DHCP (auto-acquisition) settings on the wireless router or to set
a valid IP address on the printer.
Check 2
When you set printer's IP address manually, correct IP address may not be
set.
Check the network name (SSID) and the password of the wireless router you want to connect to, the IP address
applicable range, and then enter the appropriate IP address on the printer side. If you are unsure, set the
printer's IP address to automatic (DHCP).
C-5
Unable to connect to the specified network. Check the following items.
Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and your
computer/smartphone/tablet.
Check 1
Communication with a wireless router must be tuned to either the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band. The
network name (SSID) of the 2.4 GHz frequency band and the network name (SSID) of the 5 GHz frequency
band cannot be used in combination. Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID)
is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric
characters at the end of network name (SSID).
Check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, and match it with the network name (SSID) of the correct
frequency band of the wireless router.
Check 2
Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check 3
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
• Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
• Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
• After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information to
determine the installation location.
Check 4
Check wireless channel number of Wi-Fi you are using on computer.
Make sure that the wireless channel number on the wireless router is included in the wireless channel number
you checked. If the wireless channel number set for the wireless router is not included, change the wireless
channel number of the wireless router.
447
In case of Wi-Fi connection, check if computer that can be accessed by
wireless router is restricted.
Check 5
The wireless router settings may be limiting the number of devices that can be connected at the same time.
Remove or relax the restrictions.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
• To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
If problem occurs only when wireless router is in energy-saving mode, turn off
energy-saving mode of wireless router.
Check 6
If the problem seems to occur suddenly, it may be resolved by updating the wireless router firmware (e.g.
update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, etc.). For details, refer to the wireless router's
instruction manual.
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Check 7
If your network name (SSID) contains characters other than single-byte alphanumeric characters, the
connection is not established properly. Change the network (SSID) of the printer to use only single-byte
alphanumeric characters.
C-4
No default gateway is set.
When you set the IP address of the printer manually, enter a valid default gateway IP address. If you don't
know the default gateway, set the IP address to automatic.
C-7
There may be a problem with the signal.
Check the following items.
Check
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
• Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
• Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
• After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information
and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
448
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-8
Too many clients are connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
If you want to connect additional devices to the printer, unplug any devices that are not in use before
adding them.
C-9
The noise level is high and does not differ from the signal level due to various devices other than the
printer.
• If devices (microwave oven, external hard disk drive, and other USB 3.0 devices) that emit radio waves
of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the
printer and the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
• After you change the location of the printer, check the signal quality. Compare with the value of "3-2-2"
in the network settings information and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-10
No IP address is assigned by the wireless router.
Check the following items.
Check 1
Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check 2
Set up printer again and reconnect to Wi-Fi.
Check 3
Check DHCP on wireless router. If DHCP is off, set it on.
For details, refer to the wireless router's instruction manual.
C-11
The network name (SSID) remains the default value (The network name (SSID) has not been set). Check
the network name (SSID) of the wireless router.
Verify the network name (SSID) and password of the wireless router you want to connect to, and then set it
up manually.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
449
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Make sure the following check items
Check 1
Check power status of printer and other devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/
tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check 2
Check settings of your device (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to the device's instruction manual.
Check 3
Print out network settings information.
See "Step 1" to "Step 5" in Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing.
In the printed network settings information, check if the item "2-2" is not "C-8". If this is the case, the number of
connected printers is too many.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
When you want to connect additional devices, disconnect any devices that are not in use before adding them.
Check that printer is selected as connection for various devices (e.g.
computer/smartphone/tablet).
Check 4
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the operation panel of the printer.
450
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check 5
Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the operation panel of the printer.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check 6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from device.
If the distance between the printer and the device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and the device close to each other.
451
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC Address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the operation panel.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC Address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP Address and MAC Address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to
a network, the IP Address does not appear.
• For macOS:
1. Select System Settings from Apple menu, and then click Network.
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected.
Make sure Wi-Fi is Connected when connecting via Wi-Fi or Ethernet is Connected for Wired
LAN connection and click.
452
3. Click Details to check the IP Address.
The IP Address of your computer appears. To check the MAC Address, click Hardware.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
wireless router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.
2. Type "ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP Address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
• For macOS:
1. Start Terminal as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > Applications > Utilities
> Terminal.
2. Type "ping -c3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP Address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics --3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If the following message is displayed, communication is not working properly.
PING XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX (XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX) : 56 data bytes
---XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics --3 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100% packet loss
453
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, display it using the operation panel of the printer or
print it out.
Display on the operation panel.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
454
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load three or more sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
4. Select Printer settings.
5. Select LAN settings.
6. Select Print details.
7. Check message and select Yes.
8. When the confirmation screen for printing passwords appears, select ON or OFF.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Number
Item
Description
Setting
1
Product Information
Product information
–
1-1
Product Name
Product name
XXXXXXXX
1-2
ROM Version
ROM version
XXXXXXXX
1-3
Serial Number
Serial number
XXXXXXXX
2
Network Diagnostics
Network diagnostics
–
2-1
Diagnostic Result
Diagnostic result
XXXXXXXX
455
2-2
Result Codes
Result codes
XXXXXXXX
2-3
Result Code Details
Result code details
See Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic
Functions to check details on the diagnostic result and result codes.
3
Wireless LAN
Wireless LAN
Enable/Disable
3-2
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Enable/Disable
3-2-1
Signal Strength
Signal strength
0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2
Link Quality
Link quality
0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3
Frequency
Frequency
2.4/5 [GHz]
3-2-4
MAC Address
MAC address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5
Connection
Connection status
Active/Inactive
3-2-6
SSID
SSID
Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7
Channel
Channel
XXX (1 to 13, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100, 104, 108,
112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 149, 153, 157, 161,
165)
3-2-8
Encryption
Encryption method
none/TKIP/AES
3-2-10
Authentication
Authentication method
none/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA3-SAE
3-2-11
TCP/IPv4
TCP/IPv4
Enable
3-2-12
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14
Default Gateway
Default gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15
TCP/IPv6
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
3-2-16
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length
XXX
3-2-18
Stateless Address1
Stateless address 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19
Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20
Stateless Address2
Stateless address 2
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
456
3-2-21
Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22
Stateless Address3
Stateless address 3
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23
Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24
Stateless Address4
Stateless address 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25
Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26
Default Gateway1
Default gateway 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27
Default Gateway2
Default gateway 2
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28
Default Gateway3
Default gateway 3
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29
Default Gateway4
Default gateway 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active/Inactive
3-2-34
Security Protocol
Security method
ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
3-2-35
Wireless LAN DRX
Discontinuous reception (wireless LAN)
Enable/Disable
3-3
Wireless Direct/Access
Point Mode
Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1
MAC Address
MAC address
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2
Connection
Connection status
Active/Inactive
3-3-3
SSID
SSID
Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4
Password
Password
Wireless Direct password
3-3-5
Channel
Channel
3,6,36,40
3-3-6
Encryption
Encryption method
AES
3-3-7
Authentication
Authentication method
WPA2-PSK
3-3-8
TCP/IPv4
TCP/IPv4
Enable
3-3-9
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
457
3-3-10
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11
Default Gateway
Default gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-12
TCP/IPv6
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
3-3-13
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length
XXX
3-3-15
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active/Inactive
3-3-16
Security Protocol
Security method
ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
3-3-17
Wireless LAN DRX
Discontinuous reception (wireless direct)
Disable
3-3-18
Frequency
Wireless Direct frequency
2.4/5 [GHz]
5
Other Settings
Other settings
–
5-1
Printer Name
Printer name
Printer name
5-2
Wireless Direct DevName
Device name for wireless direct
Device name for wireless direct
5-4
WSD Printing
WSD printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-5
WSD Timeout
Timeout
1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6
LPD Printing
LPD printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-7
RAW Printing
RAW printing setting
Enable/Disable
5-9
Bonjour
Bonjour setting
Enable/Disable
5-10
Bonjour Service Name
Bonjour service name
Bonjour service name
5-11
LLMNR
LLMNR setting
Enable/Disable
5-12
SNMP
SNMP setting
Enable/Disable
5-14
DNS Server
Obtain DNS server address automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15
Primary Server
Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16
Secondary Server
Secondary server address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17
Proxy Server
Proxy server setting
Enable/Disable
5-18
Proxy Address
Proxy address
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
458
5-19
Proxy Port
Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
5-20
Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1)
Certificate fingerprint(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate fingerprint(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
7
Web Services
Web Services
–
7-1
Unsent Usage Logs
Number of unsent usage logs
0 to 200
7-2
Usage Log Last Sent
Last date when usage
log was sent
XXXXXXXX
7-3
Web Service Status
Registration status
Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered
7-4
Log Transmission Status
Transmission result
Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection error/Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active
5-21
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
459
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Important
• Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing/scanning/faxing operation from
a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the
factory defaults, refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset settings
460
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item
Default
Network name (SSID)
BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security
Disable
IP address (IPv4)
Auto setup
IP address (IPv6)
Auto setup
Set printer name*
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6
Enable
Enable/disable WSD
Enable
Timeout settings (WSD) 15 minutes
Enable/disable Bonjour Enable
Bonjour service name*
Canon ModelName
LPR protocol settings
Enable
RAW protocol
Enable
LLMNR
Enable
Wi-Fi DRX settings
Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item
Default
Network name (SSID)
DIRECT-abXX-ModelName *1 *2
Password
YYYYYYYYYY *3
461
Wi-Fi security
WPA2-PSK (AES)
Connection request confirmation Displayed
2.4GHz/5GHz Switch
2.4GHz
*1 Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
*2 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*3 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
462
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.
• Check the usage restrictions and connect the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer
to the printer
1. Enable Wi-Fi function on smartphone/tablet/computer.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
3. Select Printer settings
4. Select LAN settings
5. Select Wireless Direct.
6. Select Connect to smartphone.
463
7. Select iPhone/iPad to connect with an iPhone/iPad, Android device to connect with an
Android device, and Others to connect with other device.
• iPhone/iPad
1. Select QR Code.
2. Scan the displayed QR code with the iPhone/iPad standard camera app or smartphone/
tablet app
.
The iPhone/iPad is connected to the printer.
Note
(Back) in the screen displayed QR code and
• If the QR code cannot be read, select
connect the printer from Connect to smartphone > Others.
• Android device
1. Select QR Code.
2. Scan the displayed QR code with the Android device in one of the following ways.
◦ Select network and Wi-Fi on the setting of Android device. Select QR code icon to the
right of the Add network at the bottom of the list of Wi-Fi connections and scan the QR
code.
◦ Scan the displayed QR code with the Android standard camera app or smartphone/
tablet app
.
◦ Scan the displayed QR code with a QR code reading app.
The Android device is connected to the printer.
Note
• Wireless Direct using QR code can be used with Android 5.0 or later.
• It is available in Android 10 or later to scan QR code from setting and read QR code
with the Android standard camera.
• Depending on the smartphone/tablet, QR code may not be readable.
• If the QR code cannot be read, select
(Back) in the screen displayed QR code
and connect the printer from Connect to smartphone > Others.
• Others
1. Select Next.
Network name (SSID) and Password are displayed.
Note
• To show the password, select Show password. To hide the password, select Hide
password.
• The password is required when connecting smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer.
464
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-ModelName" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) on your
smartphone/tablet/computer.
3. Enter Password on smartphone/tablet/computer.
The smartphone/tablet/computer is connected to the printer.
Note
• If the printer is set to display a confirmation screen in Connection request
confirmation of Changing Wireless Direct Setting, when the wireless direct compatible
device connects to the printer, a confirmation screen asking for permission to connect
is displayed on the printer operation panel.
Make sure the name on the operation panel is the same as that of your wireless
communication device and select Yes.
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing the App. Download it from App Store and
Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Make sure that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen and select Printer settings.
3. Select LAN settings
4. Select Wireless Direct.
Note
• To change the Wireless Direct settings, you need to enable Wireless Direct in advance.
Select Enable/disable Wireless Direct on the menu screen displayed when selecting
Wireless Direct and enable Wireless Direct.
5. Select a setting item.
Scroll down if necessary.
• See settings
465
The setting values for using the printer with Wireless Direct are displayed.
• Change network name (SSID)
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
◦ To set manually
1. Select the displayed identifier (SSID).
2. Change using the keyboard that appears.
3. When you have finished making changes, select OK.
◦ To set automatically
1. Select Auto update.
2. Select Yes.
You can check the updated setting.
Note
• To show the password, select Show password. To hide the password, select Hide
password.
• Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦ To set manually
1. Select Change manually.
2. Select the displayed password.
3. Enter the new password (10 characters).
Change using the keyboard that appears.
4. When you have finished making changes, select OK.
◦ To set automatically
1. Select Auto update.
2. Select Yes.
You can check the updated setting.
Note
• To show the password, select Show password. To hide the password, select Hide
password.
• Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
466
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select ON.
Important
• To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
the confirmation screen.
• 2.4GHz/5GHz Switch
Change the frequency used for Wireless Direct.
While using Wireless Direct (2.4 GHz), the connection of nearby Bluetooth speakers may be
interrupted from time to time. In such a case, switching to 5 GHz will reduce the trouble.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
467
Problems While Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
468
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot Print (Scan) from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
your smartphone/tablet.
Check 1
• Turn on the printer or devices.
• If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
• It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check 2
Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check 3
• Use the
Is printer connected to wireless router?
icon on the lower left of the touch screen to check the connection status between the
printer and wireless router.
If the
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
• Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)
are identical with those of the wireless router.
469
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
◦ Display on the operation panel of the printer.
LAN settings
◦ Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• If you have a computer, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network
status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of
wireless router?
Check 4
Make sure the network settings of the <span class="other_ui">printer</span> (e.g. network name (SSID) or
network key password) are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check 5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
There may be a problem with the signal. Monitor signal status and move
printer and wireless router as necessary.
Check 6
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
470
Check the signal strength on the touch screen.
Using Touch Screen
Note
• If the web page cannot be printed using an Android device, it may be possible to print it by changing
Wireless Direct connection.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check 1
Check power status of printer and device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check 2
Check if the
icon is displayed on the touch screen of the printer.
If it is not displayed, Wireless Direct is disabled. Please turn on the Wireless Direct.
Check 3
Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check 4
Check that printer is selected as connection for devices (e.g. smartphone/
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, print out the network settings
information or use the operation panel to display it.
• Display on the operation panel of the printer.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check 5
Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
471
To check the password specified for the printer, print out the network settings information or use the operation
panel to display it.
• Display on the operation panel of the printer.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check 6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from device.
If the distance between the printer and the device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and the device close to each other.
Check 7
Check that 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Note
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the
printer you are using, some of the features described (connection, scanner/copy and etc.) may not
apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Product Specifications.
472
Printing Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Change to Offline (Windows)
No Ink Level Appears in Canon IJ Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
473
Printer Does Not Print
Check 1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
• If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check 2
Make sure that the paper output tray is at the normal print position.
When you are not using the multi-purpose tray, pull the paper output tray out to the front side until you see a
and select OK on the touch screen.
Check 3
Make sure that the cassette is correctly inserted.
If there is an object under the printer, the cassette cannot be correctly inserted and paper may not be correctly
fed.
Make sure there are no objects under the printer and push the cassette flatly into the printer until it stops.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Check 4
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer with a network connection, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
474
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.
Check 5
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or cassette, an error message appears on
the operation panel. Follow the instructions on the operation panel to solve the problem.
Note
• You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the Printer Driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check 6
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
• For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
• For macOS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check 7
Are your printer's Printer Driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
• For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
selected by default.
475
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
• For macOS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check 8
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check 9
If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
Important
• For Windows:
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
476
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check 1
Check the printer is placed on the right spot.
Place the printer on a flat table or similar platform.
Check 2
Make sure paper is loaded in the specified cassette or rear tray.
Paper Sources
Check 3
When loading paper, consider the following.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
• When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper
guides with the paper stack.
Paper Sources
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front
paper guides with the paper stack.
Paper Sources
Check 4
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check 5
When loading envelopes, consider the following.
• When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray, and prepare the envelopes before
printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check 6
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
477
Open the feed slot cover to make sure that there are not any foreign objects in
the rear tray.
Check 7
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see What to Do When Paper Is Jammed to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
478
Note
• If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
• See below if problem occurs right after jammed paper is removed from rear side.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Check 8
Clean Paper Feed Roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check 9
If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of
cassette.
See below for cleaning cassette pads.
Cleaning Cassette Pads
Check 10
Are transport unit attached properly?
See Rear View for the positions of the transport unit and the rear cover.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
479
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Check 1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and tap OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check 2
Is printable disc placed on multi-purpose tray?
Place the printable disc on the multi-purpose tray properly and tap OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check 3
Has time elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray?
If a certain period of time has elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray, it may be ejected.
Follow the instructions on the touch screen and try the operation again.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Check 1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and tap OK on the touch screen.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check 2
Unrecognizable printable disc may be placed.
Canon recommends that you use printable discs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer.
480
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Pull out the multi-purpose tray gently.
If the multi-purpose tray cannot be pulled out, cycle the power switch. The multi-purpose tray will
automatically be ejected.
When the multi-purpose tray is pulled out, place the multi-purpose tray again and retry printing. For more
on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
If the multi-purpose tray is still jammed, check if there is a problem with the printable disc.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
481
Resolving Print Quality Problems
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check 1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
• Copying from printer or printing from memory card
Check the settings using the operation panel of the printer.
Setting Items for Copying
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel
• Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
• Printing from your smartphone/tablet using App
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check 3
If problem is not resolved, click on illustration that corresponds to problem.
482
Ink Does Not Come
Out
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or
Bleeding Colors
Streaks
Lines Are
Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged/
Printed Surface Is
Ink Blots/Paper Curl
Vertical Line Next to
Image
Scratched
483
Images Incomplete/
Cannot Complete
Lines Incomplete or
Missing (Windows)
Back of Paper Is
Smudged
Uneven Colors
Printing
Streaked Colors
Note
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the
printer you are using, some of the features described (connection, scanner/copy and etc.) may not
apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Product Specifications.
484
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors/Streaks
Ink Does Not Come Out
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors
Streaks
Note
• If printouts are blank, black does not print, is faint, or has a blue or red tint, refer to this web page.
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.
Checking Ink Status on the Touch Screen
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check 3
Are the orange tape and plastic wrap still on the ink tank?
Make sure all the protective plastic wrap is peeled off to expose the Y-vent area, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
485
Check 4
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step 1
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
• From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, Check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
if the ink tank in not empty, go to the next step.
Step 2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours without unplugging the power supply, and go to the next step.
Step 5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 6
Request a repair
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Check 5
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the
cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
• When copying, see also the sections below:
Check 6
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
486
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check 7
Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check 8
Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
487
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Note
• For the case of misaligned or distortion, refer to this web page.
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Check 3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using operation panel of the printer or from computer may improve the print result.
488
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper
Curl
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. To print data with high color saturation such
as photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other
Canon specialty paper.
Supported Media Types
Check 3
Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
• Plain Paper:
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
• Other Paper such as envelope:
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
489
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check 4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper.
If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
Select
(Setup) on HOME screen, select Printer settings > Print settings in this order, and then set
Prevent paper abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
If ink bleeds, make sure that Improve bleeding and thickened black text/
lines (plain paper) is checked. (Windows)
Check 5
It may be possible to improve the bleeding of characters and lines when printing on plain paper.
490
Set it at Print Options dialog box on Page Setup sheet in the Printer Driver.
Restore the setting after printing.
Improve bleeding and thickened black text/lines (plain paper)
Check 6
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
• Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the brightness setting in the Printer Driver.
Adjusting Brightness
• Copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check 7
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check 8
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check 9
Is inside of printer dirty?
During 2-sided printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
Check 10
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
• For Windows:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
1. Open Remote UI on the web browser of your device.
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser
2. Select Log in on Remote UI.
491
Note
• If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.
3. Select Printer settings
4. Select Ink drying wait time
• For macOS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
492
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margins.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Note
• The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
• This Product performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink
is ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
493
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing
If the printing of photos, images, stops in the middle of printing and cannot be printed to the end, check the
following items.
Check 1
Select setting not to compress printing data(Windows).
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the Printer Driver. Select the Do not allow application software to
compress print data check box and click OK.
Important
• Clear the check box once printing is complete.
Check 2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the Printer Driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check 3
Your hard disk may not have sufficient free space to store job.
Delete unnecessary files to free up disk space.
494
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check 1
Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening
the lines in the document.
Check 2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the Printer Driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
495
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• During 2-sided printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
496
Uneven or Streaked Colors
Check 1
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using operation panel of the printer or from computer may improve the print result.
Check 2
Perform print head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually
497
Change to Offline (Windows)
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer, an error message "Offline" may be displayed when
printing. To bring the printer back online, try the following.
1. Check the connection (USB/Wi-Fi).
For USB connection:
Make sure that the USB-connected printer is recognized by the computer.
For Wi-Fi connections:
Make sure that
icon appears on the printer's touch screen.
2. Turn off printer and then turn it on again.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
3. Check the name of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
Check the names of the printer and MP Drivers (Printer Driver) match. Set the using printer as default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
4. Make sure that printer is not set to Use Printer Offline mode.
For Windows 11:
1. Open Set Printers & scanners.
2. Click the name of printer you want to configure.
3. Click Print preferences.
Print preferences window opens.
4. Click Maintenance sheet.
5. Click View Printer Status.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor window is displayed.
6. Click Display Print Queue of the Canon IJ Status Monitor window.
498
The Print Queue window is displayed.
7. Click Printer menu in the window displayed.
Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
If it is selected, click Use Printer Offline to deselect it.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
For Windows 10:
1. Open Set Printers & scanners.
2. Click the name of printer you want to configure, and select Open queue.
The Print Queue window is displayed.
3. Click Printer menu in the window displayed.
Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
If it is selected, click Use Printer Offline to deselect it.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
5. For Wi-Fi/Wired LAN connections, use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant to change settings.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
6. Uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver) and reinstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
If your MP Drivers (Printer Driver) version is old or not installed correctly, you may not be able to print.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
7. Restart computer.
The computer may be unstable for some reason. Restart the computer and try to print.
Important
• To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
499
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems
500
Scanning Problems
Scanner Does Not Work
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
501
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Check for any printererrors.
For messages, see When Error Occurred.
Check 3
Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
Check 5
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Network Scan Settings
Check 6
Restart the computer.
Check 7
Reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
502
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Important
• If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
• Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3
Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4
Scan and save images with Scan Utility and open the files in your application.
503
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scanning Problems
504
Scanning Problems
Scanner Does Not Work
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
505
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Check that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Check for any printer errors.
For messages, see When Error Occurred.
Check 3
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 4
With USB connection, connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 5
Check 6
Restart the computer.
To scan from the printer's operation panel with USB connection, click Scanfrom-Operation-Panel Settings in the Settings (General Settings) dialog, and then
check that the following checkboxes are selected.
Check 7
• Your scanner or printer
• Enables scanning from the operation panel
506
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure the application software supports AirPrint.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility Lite and open the files in your
application.
Check 3
Check 4
Your scanner may be locked. (Personal scanners only)
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
(
), then reconnect the USB cable.
507
Mechanical Problems
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
USB Connection Problems
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Wrong Language Appears in Touch Screen
508
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check 1
Press ON button
Turning the Printer On and Off
Check 2
Make sure power cord is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
The Power Cord Connector is slightly oblique.
Check 3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
509
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select
(Setup) on HOME screen.
3. Select
ECO.
4. Select Energy saving settings.
5. Select Auto power off.
6. Select Never.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
510
USB Connection Problems
If the printer connected to the computer via USB is not recognized, check the following items.
USB Connection Not Recognized
The following problems may occur even though the USB connection is recognized.
• Printing (scanning) is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears(Windows).
If the above is the case, check the following.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed
of Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing (scanning) speed may
slow down due to the communication speed.
USB Connection Not Recognized
Check 1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check 2
Unplug the USB cable from the printer and the computer, and then connect it
again.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
• Check the orientation and angle of the "Type-B" connector when connecting to the printer. The
connection part is slightly oblique. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB
cable.
Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of
Printer properties dialog box(Windows).
Check 3
511
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Check 4
Initialize the printer settings.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen > Printer settings > Reset settings > Reset all.
Reset settings
After initializing the printer settings, redo setup.
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Check
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed
USB connection.
• The types of USB cables that can be used differ depending on your printer. Check the shape of the USB
cable connection of the printer.
What Is USB Cable?
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
• Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
• Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
512
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1. Select
(HOME) button.
2. Select
(Setup).
Using Touch Screen
3. Select
.
4. Select fifth setting item from top.
5. Select a language for touch screen.
6. Select button on lower left.
The desired language appears.
513
Installation and Download Problems
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer
Connected via USB)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Disable Function to Send Usage Information of Printer
514
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers (Printer Driver) were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Updates have
been applied. If all Windows Updates have not been applied, apply all Windows Updates.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver).
1. Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
For Windows 11:
Select Settings > Apps.
Select Apps & features.
For Windows 10:
Select Settings > Apps.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series Driver" or "Canon XXX series Printer Driver" you
want to install in list.
"XXX" is the model name.
3. If you find MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for printer you want to install, uninstall it.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
Important
• For Windows:
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
515
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check 1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
• Check the orientation and angle of the "Type-B" connector when connecting to the printer. The connection
part is slightly oblique. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check 2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.
3. Turn on printer.
Check 3
Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers (Printer Driver) again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
2. Turn off printer.
3. Restart computer.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) downloaded in step 1.
Important
• When installing the MP Drivers (Printer Driver), make sure you select the correct printer name.
516
• For Windows:
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
517
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment
(Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
according to the specified installation procedure.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
518
Errors and Messages
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
519
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs while printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message is
displayed automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
520
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
Touch Screen:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message Is Displayed.
521
Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the messages.
If a message is displayed on the printer's touch screen, see below.
Message Is Displayed on Printer's Touch Screen
If a message is displayed on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic 2-sided Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Is Displayed on Printer's Touch Screen
Check the message and take appropriate action.
• Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the
button when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Select OK on the printer's touch screen to cancel the error.
Refer to Turning the Printer On and Off for the correct way to turn the power off.
• Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Select OK on the printer's touch screen to cancel the error and try again after a while.
• Saved data is not of a supported type.
◦ There is no image data or document data saved on the memory card that can be read by this
printer.
◦ The printer may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contains certain characters.
Use only alphanumeric characters.
◦ Image data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer.
Note
• When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected, "?" is displayed on the
printer's touch screen.
Error Regarding Automatic 2-sided Printing Is Displayed
Check
See Automatic 2-sided Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message displayed on the computer and click OK.
522
The printer starts printing.
Refer to Turning the Printer On and Off for the correct way to turn the power off.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check 1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check 3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Check 4
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
Note
• If the User Account Control screen is displayed, select Yes.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
• If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed, make sure the printer is
correctly connected to the computer.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
523
Other Error Messages (Windows)
If an error message is displayed somewhere other than printer status monitor,
check the following:
Check
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
• "Printer driver could not be found"
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
524
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs while printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message is
displayed automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
525
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
Touch Screen:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message Is Displayed.
526
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
Support codes are displayed on the printer's touch screen and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and is displayed along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Codes Displayed on Printer's Touch Screen and Computer
Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ
1000
1001
1002
1003
1013
1200
1240
1258
1259
1300
1303
1304
1309
1310
1313
1401
1403
1405
140B
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
15A1
15A2
15A3
1600
1660
1684
1688
1689
168C
1700
1701
1730
1731
1750
1830
1850
1851
1855
1857
185B
185C
185D
1871
2114
2500
2700
3413
3438
3440
3441
3442
3443
1876
• 2000 to 2ZZZ
2110
2113
• 3000 to 3ZZZ
3402
3403
3405
3407
3408
3412
3444
3445
3446
3447
3454
3455
410A
495A
5050
5100
5200
520E
5400
5700
5B00
5B01
5C02
• 4000 to 4ZZZ
4103
4104
• 5000 to 5ZZZ
5011
5012
• 6000 to 6ZZZ
6000
6001
6004
6500
6502
6503
6800
6801
6830
6831
6832
6833
6900
6901
6902
6910
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6A80
6A81
6D01
527
• 7000 to 7ZZZ
7500
7600
7700
7800
• 8000 to 8ZZZ
8300
• A000 to ZZZZ
C000
C100
C101
Note
• If no support code is displayed but the paper is not fed or output normally, see What to Do If Paper Is
Not Fed/Output Normally.
528
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
If a paper jam occurs during printing (support code 1300/1303/1304/1313 is displayed), follow the procedure
below.
Note
• If the paper is not jammed (no support code displayed) but the paper is not fed or output normally, see
What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed/Output Normally.
Check 1
Is the multi-purpose tray stored correctly?
If the multi-purpose tray is stored incorrectly, the printer may detect it as a paper jam.
Storing the Multi-purpose Tray
Check 2
Is the jammed paper visible in the paper output slot (A)?
Removing Jammed Paper through Paper Output Slot
Check 3
Are there any foreign objects in the feed slot of the rear tray (B)?
What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed/Output Normally
Check 4
Is the jammed paper visible in the feed slot of the rear tray (B)?
Remove any paper other than the jammed paper on the rear tray, and then check if the jammed paper is visible
in the feed slot of the rear tray.
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Rear Tray
Check 5
Is the jammed paper visible in the feed slot of the cassette (C)?
Retract the paper output support and the paper output tray, remove the cassette, and then check if the jammed
paper is visible in the feed slot of the cassette.
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Cassette
529
Check 6
If the jammed paper is not visible in the paper output slot or the feed slot.
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
Storing the Multi-purpose Tray
When the multi-purpose tray is not in use, store it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment on the
back of the cassette.
How to Detach / Attach Multi-purpose Tray
If the measures above do not solve the problem, check
Check 2
through
Check 6
.
Removing Jammed Paper through Paper Output Slot
1. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.
Slowly pull out the paper so as not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
Tap Stop on the printer's touch screen to stop printing, and then turn off the printer.
• If the paper cannot be pulled out or is torn, open the printer's scanning unit / cover and remove
jammed paper inside the printer.
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
2. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, all jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
530
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
1240 error is displayed
1259 error is displayed
If the measures above do not solve the problem, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. See Removing
Jammed Paper inside Printer.
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Rear Tray
1. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.
Slowly pull out the paper so as not to tear it.
Note
• If the paper cannot be pulled out or is torn, refer to the following page to detach the transport
unit and then pull out the jammed paper from the feed slot of the rear tray.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Load paper in rear tray.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Note
• Make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
3. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
531
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
1240 error is displayed
1259 error is displayed
If the measures above do not solve the problem, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. See Removing
Jammed Paper inside Printer.
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Cassette
1. Retract paper output support and paper output tray, and close operation panel.
2. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.
Slowly pull out the paper so as not to tear it.
Note
• If the paper cannot be pulled out or is torn, detach the rear cover and remove the jammed paper
from the rear side.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
3. Load paper in cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Note
• The loadable paper in the cassette is A4, A5 or B5 plain paper.
4. Open operation panel, and pull out paper output tray and paper output support.
5. Select OK on printer's touch screen.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
1240 error is displayed
1259 error is displayed
532
If the measures above do not solve the problem, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. See Removing
Jammed Paper inside Printer.
533
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
1. Tap Stop on printer's touch screen.
2. Turn off printer and unplug it.
3. Open scanning unit / cover.
Important
• Do not touch the clear film (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
4. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the print head holder, hold the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far right or left.
534
5. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull it out and grasp the edges of the paper.
6. Slowly pull out jammed paper so as not to tear it.
535
7. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the print head holder?
• Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
• Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (D) in the printer?
8. Close scanning unit / cover.
To close the scanning unit / cover, lift it up slightly and then lower it gently.
536
9. Plug printer back in and turn printer back on.
10. Load paper.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Note
• Make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
11. Redo printing.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
1240 error is displayed
1259 error is displayed
If the measures above do not solve the problem, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side.
537
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
1. Tap Stop on printer's touch screen.
2. Turn off printer and unplug it.
3. Retract rear tray, paper output support and paper output tray, and then close operation
panel.
4. Turn printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.
5. Open rear tray cover and pull up paper support.
6. Detach rear cover.
Pull out the rear cover.
538
7. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.
If the paper is rolled up, pull it out and grasp the edges of the paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
If you are unable to remove the jammed paper, follow the steps below to detach the transport unit and
then remove the paper.
1. Detach transport unit.
Lift up the transport unit and pull it out.
539
2. Slowly pull out jammed paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
3. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
4. If parts (A) are raised, tip them toward you.
Important
• If you replace the transport unit without lowering parts (A) toward you, it could damage the printer.
540
5. Replace transport unit.
Insert the transport unit until it reaches the back of the printer.
8. Attach rear cover.
Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the
rear cover until it is closed completely.
541
9. Plug printer back in and turn printer back on.
10. Load paper.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Note
• Make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
11. Redo printing.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• If 1300 error recurs, check the feed slot of the rear tray again. If a foreign object is in the rear tray,
refer to
Check 1
in What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed/Output Normally and take appropriate action.
1240 error is displayed
1259 error is displayed
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
542
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
• There are any foreign objects in the rear tray.
What to Do
• After loading the paper in the rear tray correctly, follow the messages displayed on the printer's touch
screen.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
• If a foreign object is in the rear tray, refer to
Check 1
Normally and take appropriate action.
543
in What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed/Output
1003
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the cassette.
• Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.
What to Do
After loading the paper in the cassette correctly, follow the messages displayed on the printer's touch
screen.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Note
• This error may occur if the transport unit is not installed correctly. Refer to the following page to check
the transport unit.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
544
1013
Cause
Compatible media is not loaded, or is loaded incorrectly in the multi-purpose tray.
What to Do
Remove the multi-purpose tray, load the multi-purpose tray compatible media correctly, and then place
the multi-purpose tray back into the printer.
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Select OK on the printer's touch screen to cancel the error.
Important
• When printing on multi-purpose tray compatible media, use the multi-purpose tray provided with the
printer.
Note
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer's touch screen.
545
1200
Cause
Scanning unit / cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Make sure to close the scanning unit / cover after replacing ink tanks.
546
1240
Cause
Operation panel is closed or could not be opened.
What to Do
Remove any obstructions preventing the operation panel from opening.
Open the operation panel.
Important
• Do not close the operation panel during printing.
Note
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer's touch screen.
547
1259
Cause
Paper output tray is not pulled out fully.
What to Do
1. If there is anything obstructing operation panel from opening, remove it.
2. Open operation panel (A).
3. Check the position of paper output tray (B).
4. Pull out paper output tray firmly toward you by hand.
Pull out the paper output tray until you see
on the paper output tray.
Important
• Do not retract the paper output tray while the printer is operating.
• This error may occur if the paper output tray is not fully pulled out after clearing a paper jam.
548
Note
• To cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer's touch screen.
549
1401
Cause
Print head may be damaged.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
550
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (15A3)
Cause
Tape for securing print head holder during transportation may still be attached.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure the tape for securing the print head holder during
transportation has been removed.
If the tape is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.
When setting up the printer for the first time, click here and select your printer, and then follow the
instructions.
551
1600
Cause
Ink may have run out.
What to Do
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, tap OK on the printer with the ink tank installed.
Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing.
552
1660
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be performed because the ink tank is not installed or is not compatible with this printer.
Check the ink tank.
If you want to cancel printing, tap Stop on the printer.
553
1688
Cause
The 1688 support code signifies that the printer has detected that one or more of your ink tanks is empty.
What to Do
The action you should take to resume operating the printer depends upon which function(s) of the printer
you intend to use.
1. To PRINT or COPY
If you intend to PRINT or COPY, you should take one of the following steps:
(a) For each ink tank identified by the printer as being empty, disable the function that detects the level of
ink remaining by touching the Stop button on the printer for at least five (5) seconds and then releasing it.
If, due to individual usage factors, there is some residual amount of ink in the tank(s), you will be able to
PRINT or COPY until the remaining ink is depleted.
Please note that image quality may be diminished if you PRINT or COPY when there is little ink remaining
in the tank(s).
OR
(b) Open the scanning unit / cover, replace each ink tank identified by the printer as being empty, and
close the printer's cover.
Canon recommends the use of new, genuine Canon ink tanks for optimal image quality.
2. To SCAN or FAX
If you intend to SCAN (or FAX if your printer has that capability), you should take one of the following
steps:
(a) For each ink tank identified by the printer as being empty, disable the function that detects the level of
ink remaining by touching the Stop button on the printer for at least five (5) seconds and then releasing it.
You will be able to SCAN (or FAX if your printer has that capability) as long as the empty ink tanks remain
installed in the printer.
OR
(b) Open the scanning unit / cover, replace each ink tank identified by the printer as being empty, and
close the scanning unit / cover.
Canon recommends the use of new, genuine Canon ink tanks for optimal image quality.
Note
• If the function for detecting the level of ink remaining in an ink tank is disabled, the ink tank will
be displayed in white on the touch screen (if the printer has a touch screen) when you check the
estimated remaining ink level.
554
1689
Cause
The 1689 support code signifies that the printer has detected an issue with one or more of your ink tanks.
What to Do
The action you should take to resume operating the printer depends upon which function(s) of the printer
you intend to use.
1. To PRINT or COPY
If you intend to PRINT or COPY, you should take one of the following steps:
(a) For each ink tank identified by the printer as having an issue, disable the function that detects the level
of ink remaining by touching the Stop button on the printer for at least five (5) seconds and then releasing
it.
If there is ink in the tank(s), you will be able to PRINT or COPY until the remaining ink is depleted.
Please note that image quality may be diminished if you PRINT or COPY when there is little ink remaining
in the tank(s).
OR
(b) Open the printer's cover, replace each ink tank identified by the printer as having an issue, and close
the printer's cover.
Canon recommends the use of new, genuine Canon ink tanks for optimal image quality.
2. To SCAN or FAX
If you intend to SCAN (or FAX if your printer has that capability), you should take one of the following
steps:
(a) For each ink tank identified by the printer as having an issue, disable the function that detects the level
of ink remaining by touching the Stop button on the printer for at least five (5) seconds and then releasing
it.
You will be able to SCAN (or FAX if your printer has that capability) as long as all of the ink tanks remain
installed in the printer.
OR
(b) Open the printer's cover, replace each ink tank identified by the printer as having an issue, and close
the printer's cover.
Canon recommends the use of new, genuine Canon ink tanks for optimal image quality.
Note
• If the function for detecting the level of ink remaining in an ink tank is disabled, the ink tank will
be displayed in white on the touch screen (if the printer has a touch screen) when you check the
estimated remaining ink level.
555
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Select OK on the printer's touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to
request a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
556
Cassette Is Not Installed (1876)
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• The cassette is not installed.
• The cassette is not pushed all the way into the printer.
What to Do
After loading the paper in the cassette and installing the cassette in the printer, and then follow the
messages displayed on the printer's touch screen.
Important
• Align the paper guides of the cassette with both edges of the paper.
Push the cassette all the way into the printer.
Load the paper correctly and install the cassette correctly, referring to Loading Plain Paper in
Cassette.
557
2110
Cause
An incompatible print setting combination has been specified for the paper loaded in the cassette.
Note
• To disable notifications for this error, disable the function to detect paper setting mismatch.
What to Do
To specify the appropriate print settings for the paper loaded in the cassette and retry printing/copying,
follow the steps below.
1. Select Next.
2. Select Cancel print.
3. Reinstall cassette into printer.
558
4. Check paper information (paper size and media type).
The paper information is used to specify the print settings in step 5.
5. Specify paper information (paper size and media type).
• When copying:
1. Select Settings.
2. Specify paper information (paper size and media type) that you checked in step
4.
559
• When printing photos saved on memory card:
1. Select
at the bottom of the screen, and then select Settings.
2. Specify paper information (paper size and media type) that you checked in step
4.
560
Note
• For the proper combination of paper size and media type, see below.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
6. Redo printing/copying.
Other Measures
Load paper specified in print settings
To replace the paper in the cassette with paper suitable for the print settings and continue printing/copying,
follow the steps below.
1. Check print settings, and select Next.
2. Select Replace the paper and print.
561
3. Load paper specified in print settings into cassette.
4. Check paper information (paper size and media type).
Confirm that the displayed paper information matches the print settings.
Print without changing paper and print settings
For example, to continue printing/copying with a mismatch between the paper loaded in the cassette and
the paper information registered in the printer, follow the steps below.
Important
• The printed result may not be the intended color or size.
1. Select Next.
562
2. Select Print with the loaded paper..
Note
• Depending on your printer's settings, Print with the loaded paper. may not be displayed.
Disable notifications for 2110 error
To disable the function to detect paper setting mismatch, follow the steps below.
1. Select
(Setup) on printer's HOME screen.
2. Select Feed settings.
563
3. Select Paper settings mismatch (Copy) or Paper settings mismatch (Other).
4. Select Disable.
564
2113
Cause
The print settings specified at the start of printing/copying are not suitable for either the paper loaded in
the rear tray or the paper loaded in the cassette.
Note
• To disable notifications for this error, disable the function to detect paper setting mismatch.
What to Do
To specify the appropriate print settings for the paper loaded in the printer and retry printing/copying,
follow the steps below.
1. Select Next.
2. Select Cancel print.
3. Reload paper used for printing/copying.
• When using paper from the rear tray:
565
• When using paper from the cassette:
4. Check paper information (paper size and media type).
The paper information is used to specify the print settings in step 5.
• When using paper from the rear tray:
Check the paper information (paper size and media type) and select Yes.
• When using paper from the cassette:
Check the paper information (paper size and media type).
566
5. Specify paper information (paper size and media type).
• When copying:
1. Select Settings.
2. Specify paper information (paper size and media type) that you checked in step
4.
• When printing photos saved on memory card:
1. Select
at the bottom of the screen, and then select Settings.
567
2. Specify paper information (paper size and media type) that you checked in step
4.
Note
• For the proper combination of paper size and media type, see below.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
6. Redo printing/copying.
568
Other Measures
Load paper specified in print settings
To replace the paper in the rear tray / cassette with paper suitable for the print settings and continue
printing/copying, follow the steps below.
1. Check print settings, and select Next.
2. Select Replace the paper and print.
3. Load paper specified in print settings into rear tray / cassette.
• When changing the paper in the rear tray:
569
• When changing the paper in the cassette:
4. Check paper information (paper size and media type).
• When the paper in the rear tray is changed:
Confirm that the paper information displayed matches the print settings, and then select Yes.
• When the paper in the cassette is changed:
Confirm that the displayed paper information matches the print settings.
570
Print without changing paper and print settings
For example, to continue printing/copying with a mismatch between the paper loaded in the rear tray and
the paper information registered in the printer, follow the steps below.
Important
• The printed result may not be the intended color or size.
1. Select Next.
2. Select Print with the loaded paper..
Note
• Depending on your printer's settings, Print with the loaded paper. may not be displayed.
571
Disable notifications for 2113 error
To disable the function to detect paper setting mismatch, follow the steps below.
1. Select
(Setup) on printer's HOME screen.
2. Select Feed settings.
3. Select Paper settings mismatch (Copy) or Paper settings mismatch (Other).
4. Select Disable.
572
573
2114
Cause
An incompatible print setting combination has been specified for the paper loaded in the rear tray.
Note
• To disable notifications for this error, disable the function to detect paper setting mismatch.
What to Do
To specify the appropriate print settings for the paper loaded in the rear tray and retry printing/copying,
follow the steps below.
1. Select Next.
2. Select Cancel print.
3. Reload paper in rear tray and close feed slot cover.
574
4. Check paper information (paper size and media type).
The paper information is used to specify the print settings in step 5.
Check the paper information (paper size and media type) and select Yes.
5. Specify paper information (paper size and media type).
• When copying:
1. Select Settings.
575
2. Specify paper information (paper size and media type) that you checked in step
4.
• When printing photos saved on memory card:
1. Select
at the bottom of the screen, and then select Settings.
2. Specify paper information (paper size and media type) that you checked in step
4.
576
Note
• For the proper combination of paper size and media type, see below.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
6. Redo printing/copying.
Other Measures
Load paper specified in print settings
To replace the paper in the rear tray with paper suitable for the print settings and continue printing/copying,
follow the steps below.
1. Check print settings, and select Next.
2. Select Replace the paper and print.
577
3. Load paper specified in print settings into rear tray.
4. Check paper information (paper size and media type).
Confirm that the paper information displayed matches the print settings, and then select Yes.
Print without changing paper and print settings
For example, to continue printing/copying with a mismatch between the paper loaded in the rear tray and
the paper information registered in the printer, follow the steps below.
Important
• The printed result may not be the intended color or size.
578
1. Select Next.
2. Select Print with the loaded paper..
Note
• Depending on your printer's settings, Print with the loaded paper. may not be displayed.
Disable notifications for 2114 error
To disable the function to detect paper setting mismatch, follow the steps below.
1. Select
(Setup) on printer's HOME screen.
2. Select Feed settings.
579
3. Select Paper settings mismatch (Copy) or Paper settings mismatch (Other).
4. Select Disable.
580
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Tap Stop on the printer's touch screen to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
581
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Cancel printing and turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Check that the direction of the
is correct as shown in the illustration below.
Press the ink tank until it clicks into place.
• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by protective material, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
Turn the printer back on.
1240 error is displayed
1259 error is displayed
582
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
583
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
584
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
585
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If paper is jammed, see below.
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
586
Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the messages.
If a message is displayed on the printer's touch screen, see below.
Message Is Displayed on Printer's Touch Screen
If a message is displayed on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic 2-sided Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Is Displayed on Printer's Touch Screen
Check the message and take appropriate action.
• Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the
button when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Select OK on the printer's touch screen to cancel the error.
Refer to Turning the Printer On and Off for the correct way to turn the power off.
• Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Select OK on the printer's touch screen to cancel the error and try again after a while.
• Saved data is not of a supported type.
◦ There is no image data or document data saved on the memory card that can be read by this
printer.
◦ The printer may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contains certain characters.
Use only alphanumeric characters.
◦ Image data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer.
Note
• When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected, "?" is displayed on the
printer's touch screen.
Error Regarding Automatic 2-sided Printing Is Displayed
Check
See Automatic 2-sided Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message displayed on the computer and click OK.
587
The printer starts printing.
Refer to Turning the Printer On and Off for the correct way to turn the power off.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check 1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check 3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Check 4
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
Note
• If the User Account Control screen is displayed, select Yes.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
• If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed, make sure the printer is
correctly connected to the computer.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
588
Other Error Messages (Windows)
If an error message is displayed somewhere other than printer status monitor,
check the following:
Check
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
• "Printer driver could not be found"
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
589